1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1926 2008/05/03 03:34:26 ca Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.14.3/8.14.3 2008/05/03 10 During ruleset processing the generation of a key for a map 11 lookup and the parsing of the default value was broken 12 for some macros, e.g., $|, which caused the BlankSub 13 character to be inserted into the workspace and thus 14 failures, e.g., rules that should have matched did not. 15 8.14.2 caused a regression: it accessed (macro) storage which was 16 freed before. First instance of the problem reported by 17 Matthew Dillon of DragonFlyBSD; variations of the same 18 bug reported by Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD, Moritz 19 Jodeit, and Dave Hayes. 20 Improve pathname length checks for persistent host status. Patch 21 from Joerg Sonnenberger of DragonFlyBSD. 22 Reword misleading SMTP reply text for FEATURE(`badmx'). Problem 23 noted by Beth Halsema. 24 The read timeout was fixed to be Timeout.datablock if STARTTLS 25 was activated. This may cause problems if that value 26 is lowered from its default. Problem noted by Jens Elkner. 27 CONFIG: Using LOCAL_TLS_CLIENT caused the tls_client ruleset 28 to operate incorrectly. Problem found by Werner Wiethege. 29 LIBMILTER: Omitting some protocol steps via the xxfi_negotiate() 30 callback did not work properly. The patchlevel of 31 libmilter has been set to 1 so a milter can determine 32 whether libmilter contains this fix. 33 MAKEMAP: If a delimiter is specified (-t) use that also when 34 dumping a map. Patch from Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD. 35 Portability: 36 Add support for Darwin 9.x (Mac OS X 10.5). 37 Support shared libraries in Darwin 8 and 9. Patch from 38 Chris Behrens of Concentric. 39 Add support for SCO OpenServer 6, patch from Boyd Gerber. 40 DEVTOOLS: Clarify that confSHAREDLIBDIR requires a trailing path. 41 Added Files: 42 devtools/OS/Darwin.9.x 43 devtools/OS/OSR.i386 44 458.14.2/8.14.2 2007/11/01 46 If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in 47 a From: or To: header, then those characters could be 48 "mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue 49 run and trigger various consistency checks. Problem 50 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 51 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which 52 it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter 53 is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding 54 case every MAXLINE-1 characters. Patch from John Gardiner 55 Myers of Proofpoint. 56 Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not 57 work in earlier 8.14 versions. 58 Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to 59 background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient. 60 Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete 61 recipients. 62 ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as 63 documented), not when it was reached. Patch from 64 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 65 Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are 66 specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested. 67 When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup 68 (-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for 69 the query (not also those in the "additional section".) 70 If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server) 71 exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and 72 the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously 73 created a delivery status notification (DSN). Patch 74 from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation. 75 A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires 76 the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself. 77 Problem noted by Eliot Lear. 78 sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is 79 compiled in but not offered by the server and the 80 delivery failed temporarily. Patch from Werner Wiethege. 81 If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the 82 map so it will be reopened on the next lookup. This 83 should help "failover" configurations that specify more 84 than one LDAP server. 85 If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could 86 be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring 87 a system which does not have the compile time flag 88 HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura 89 of National Institute of Informatics, Japan. 90 If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the 91 logfile entry might have been wrong. Problem found by 92 Petra Humann of TU Dresden. 93 If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not 94 NULL, the message body was lost. Patch from Motonori 95 Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan. 96 sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname. Patch from Peng Haitao. 97 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when 98 replacing files. 99 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when 100 reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory. 101 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where 102 appropriate. 103 LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled 104 against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an 105 8.14 libmilter.so shared library. 106 LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel 107 from the version number, however, the returned value was 108 correct for the current libmilter version. 109 1108.14.1/8.14.1 2007/04/03 111 Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep 112 it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the 113 transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced 114 in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ. Bug 115 found by Andy Fiddaman. 116 The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character 117 could not be set in 8.14.0. 118 If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS 119 command, sendmail would log a misleading error message 120 due to an internal inconsistency. Problem found by 121 Werner Wiethege. 122 Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq. 123 Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of 124 Science and Mathematics. 125 CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce. 126 CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition 127 of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE 128 m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and 129 SharedMemoryKeyFile. 130 CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4 131 options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data. 132 CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary. 133 Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College. 134 LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the 135 currently available macros. Problem found by Andy Fiddaman. 136 LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option 137 negotiation. Problem reported by Bryan Costales. 138 LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation. 139 Patches from Bryan Costales. 140 PORTABILITY FIXES: 141 AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to 142 redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR. 143 Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob 144 Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 145 Add support for QNX.6. Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX 146 Software Systems. 147 New Files: 148 devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4 149 devtools/OS/QNX.6.x 150 include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h 151 152 New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry: 153 libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html 154 libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html 155 1568.14.0/8.14.0 2007/01/31 157 Header field values are now 8 bit clean. Notes: 158 - header field names are still restricted to 7 bit. 159 - RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in 160 headers. 161 Preserve spaces after the colon in a header. Previously, any 162 number of spaces after the colon would be changed to 163 exactly one space. 164 In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can 165 be silently lost. Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion 166 limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter 167 may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of 168 .forward files that refer to others. Patch from 169 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 170 Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then 171 "sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the 172 hostname of the client is undefined. It is now set 173 to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback. 174 Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating. 175 Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon. 176 New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command. 177 Patch from Nik Clayton. 178 New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of 179 permanent errors (5xy). This can be useful for testing. 180 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually 181 per daemon socket: 182 DeliveryMode DeliveryMode 183 refuseLA RefuseLA 184 delayLA DelayLA 185 queueLA QueueLA 186 children MaxDaemonChildren 187 New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the 188 lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the 189 arguments specified in the map lookup. Loosely based 190 on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth. 191 Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered. Patch 192 from Nik Clayton. 193 If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check 194 performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do 195 not also invoke greet_pause. Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk 196 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 197 If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause 198 introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message 199 was logged previously. Problem noted by Vernon Schryver 200 et.al., patch from Matej Vela. 201 New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine 202 readable" status. 203 New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end 204 of a message, its parameter is the size of the message. 205 If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address 206 is a header address it also distinguishes between 207 recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for 208 envelope addresses). 209 When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible 210 by all transactions in the same SMTP session. 211 Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY). 212 New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the 213 number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will 214 slow down responding. 215 New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is 216 enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory 217 key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying 218 a file where to store the selected key. 219 Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam 220 by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command 221 from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the 222 connection is terminated immediately. 223 New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting 224 X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual 225 account that addresses map to. Patch from Dan Harkless. 226 New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps: 227 -B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries. 228 -z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of 229 a query if it is too long. 230 -Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated 231 to form the result of a lookup. 232 New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests 233 implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly 234 started by using "make check". 235 Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been 236 reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by 237 Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University. 238 Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for 239 terminated child processes. Problem noted by David F. Skoll. 240 When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a 241 queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not 242 intended. 243 New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number. 244 Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 245 New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle 246 algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux), 247 which may improve the communication performance on some 248 operating systems. Patch from John Gardiner Myers of 249 Proofpoint. 250 If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF 251 (thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously 252 generate an additional blank line in the output as the last 253 line. 254 Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to 255 the "queue control process" (QCP) works now. 256 Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with 257 really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations. 258 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 259 If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to 260 a missing initialization call for that case). Problem 261 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 262 If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL 263 before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH 264 could fail for the sendmail client. A patch by Moritz Both 265 works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2. 266 CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by 267 undefining STATUS_FILE. By not setting StatusFile, 268 the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on 269 each delivery. 270 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP 271 clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS. 272 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University 273 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 274 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP 275 clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either 276 unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server 277 name instead of the client name). Contributed by Neil 278 Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of 279 Sun Microsystems. 280 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses 281 (MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record. 282 Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner. 283 CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override 284 the maximum line length of the smtp mailers. 285 CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db') 286 to allow entries in the access map to be of the form 287 To:user@example.com RELAY 288 CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of 289 macros a milter should receive at those stages in the 290 SMTP dialogue. 291 CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name 292 for the HELO/EHLO command. 293 CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine 294 messages by using those values as second argument. 295 Patches from Nelson Fung. 296 CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and 297 ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or 298 preceeded by a backslash. 299 DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates 300 directories, then it used for "make install" to create 301 the required installation directories. 302 DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for 303 executables (defaults to confCC). 304 LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that 305 has several changes which are listed below and documented 306 in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html. 307 LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been 308 changed. It now refers only to the version of libmilter, 309 not to the protocol version (which is used only internally, 310 it is not user/milter-programmer visible). Additionally, 311 a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such 312 that a milter program can check the libmilter version also 313 at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used. 314 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to 315 dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available 316 protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to 317 specify which of these a milter wants to use. This allows 318 for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the 319 xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure. 320 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters 321 can act on the DATA command. 322 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters 323 can receive also unknown SMTP commands. 324 LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which 325 can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the 326 milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action. 327 LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the 328 xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks 329 and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback. This 330 is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the 331 body chunks it already received without reading the entire 332 rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions 333 that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback. 334 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add 335 new recipients including ESMTP parameters. 336 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the 337 envelope sender including ESMTP parameters. 338 LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected 339 recipients (RCPT) too. This requires to set the protocol 340 flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation. Whether 341 a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the 342 value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error". 343 LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it 344 wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step 345 by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option 346 negotiation. 347 LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all 348 leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC 349 protocol action. Also, if the flag is set then the MTA 350 does not add a leading space to headers that are added, 351 inserted, or replaced. 352 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO 353 callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session 354 with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks. 355 New Files: 356 cf/feature/badmx.m4 357 cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4 358 cf/feature/require_rdns.m4 359 devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4 360 include/sm/misc.h 361 include/sm/sendmail.h 362 include/sm/tailq.h 363 libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html 364 libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html 365 libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html 366 libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html 367 libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html 368 libmilter/example.c 369 libmilter/monitor.c 370 libmilter/worker.c 371 libsm/memstat.c 372 libsm/t-memstat.c 373 libsm/t-qic.c 374 libsm/util.c 375 sendmail/daemon.h 376 sendmail/map.h 377 3788.13.8/8.13.8 2006/08/09 379 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then 380 the server can erroneously report that there is 381 insufficient disk space. Additionally make sure that 382 an internal variable is set properly to avoid those 383 misleading errors. Based on patch from Steve Hubert 384 of University of Washington. 385 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after 386 the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if 387 sendmail -bd is invoked. Problem reported by Kan Sasaki 388 of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege. 389 Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none". Patch from 390 David F. Skoll. 391 Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable. 392 Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit. 393 CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4 394 range (0..255). 395 LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback 396 previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}. However, 397 this did not match the documentation of the function, hence 398 it has been changed to {client_name}. See doc/op/op.* 399 about these macros. 400 4018.13.7/8.13.7 2006/06/14 402 A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to 403 crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow, 404 e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s). This 405 happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7() 406 was not restricted. The function is called for MIME 8 to 407 7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength. 408 To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to 409 a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this 410 limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further. 411 Problem noted by Frank Sheiness. 412 The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for 413 SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g., 414 DIGEST-MD5. Problem noted by Robert Stampfli. 415 If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase) 416 a df file might have been left behind in the queue. 417 This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O 418 layer made in 8.13.6. 419 Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a 420 Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD 421 distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/ 422 Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives", 423 e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen. 424 Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments 425 like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those. 426 Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases 427 to avoid those false positives. 428 If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration 429 error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid 430 files were not removed. 431 If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP 432 parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected. Problem 433 reported by Akihiro Sagawa. 434 Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding 435 bug work-around. Hence if sendmail is linked against 436 either of these versions and compression is available, 437 the padding bug work-around is turned off. Based on 438 patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley. 439 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used 440 blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups, 441 however, that list is no longer available. To avoid 442 further problems, no default value is available anymore, 443 but an argument must be specified. 444 Portability: 445 Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c. Patch from 446 Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah. 447 4488.13.6/8.13.6 2006/03/22 449 SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server 450 and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O 451 layer and fix problems in that code. Also fix handling of 452 a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an 453 attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of 454 setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals. 455 Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force. 456 Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if 457 the server accepted headers larger than the maximum 458 (signed) integer value. This is prevented in the default 459 configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on 460 most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching 461 those values. Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS. 462 If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start 463 another transaction in a session while sending mail, do 464 not trigger an internal consistency check. Problem found 465 by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 466 If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response 467 to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised 468 STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC 469 2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead 470 of a protocol error (which has been changed to a 471 temporary error in 8.13.5). Problem reported by Jeff 472 A. Earickson of Colby College. 473 Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command. Patch from John 474 Myers of Proofpoint. 475 Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue 476 for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are 477 processed. Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman. 478 Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to 479 resume a stored TLS session. 480 Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that 481 a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded. 482 Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak. 483 LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition 484 (libmilter.h). Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of 485 Sun Microsystems. 486 LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets. 487 This generates an error message from libmilter on 488 Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the 489 request silently. 490 LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return 491 -1 and set errno instead of returning an error code 492 directly. Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations 493 Services. 494 Portability: 495 Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2) 496 in NetBSD. Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from 497 Andrew Brown. 498 4998.13.5/8.13.5 2005/09/16 500 Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it 501 exists) in an internal structure instead of the base 502 directory. This structure is used decide whether there 503 is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence 504 without this change queue selection could fail if a df/ 505 subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem 506 than the base directory. 507 Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for 508 checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split 509 an envelope across queue groups. Problem found by 510 Werner Wiethege. 511 If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum 512 number of items to process, sort the queue first and 513 then cut the list off instead of the other way around. 514 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute. 515 Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN. Problem noted by 516 Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 517 University. 518 FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors. 519 From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 520 When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat 521 it as a temporary error, not as protocol error. Problem 522 noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 523 Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their 524 prototype used static too. Patch from Peter Klein. 525 Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands. 526 LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals 527 zero then do not silently ignore that call. Patch from 528 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 529 LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate 530 the SMTP session with that error. Fix from Brian Kantor. 531 Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS 532 has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid 533 of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the 534 source code. 535 Add support for AIX 5.3. 536 Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11). 537 Add support for Darwin 8.x. Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg. 538 OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO. 539 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X. 540 Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and 541 GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin). 542 Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg. 543 Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which 544 was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some 545 broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error. 546 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute. 547 Some default values in a generated cf file did not match 548 the defaults in the sendmail binary. Problem noted 549 by Mike Pechkin. 550 New Files: 551 cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4 552 devtools/OS/AIX.5.3 553 devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x 554 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11 555 include/sm/time.h 556 5578.13.4/8.13.4 2005/03/27 558 The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a 559 different error which could result in connections that 560 stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not 561 properly initialized. Problem noted by Michael Sims. 562 Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature(). This bug could lead 563 to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another 564 host. Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and 565 tracked down by Gael Roualland. 566 Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr(). Problem 567 found by Gael Roualland using valgrind. 568 If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the 569 owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to 570 the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set 571 to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes. 572 The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared 573 memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting 574 and bounce generation. 575 Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings 576 in address rewriting because the message can be triggered 577 for header checks where long strings are legitimate. 578 Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked 579 down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 580 The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag. Patch from 581 Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England. 582 The socket map did not obey the -f flag. Problem noted by 583 Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip. 584 The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of 585 the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only 586 return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found. 587 Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication 588 to avoid a possible segmentation fault. Based on patch 589 by Joe Maimon. 590 Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but 591 does not assign a value to its output parameter. Based 592 on patch by Brian Kantor. 593 Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only 594 to Cyrus SASL version 2). Otherwise an SMTP session might 595 be dropped after an AUTH failure. 596 Portability: 597 Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use 598 "long long" to read load average data, e.g., 599 AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode. Note: this has to be set 600 "by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected. 601 Problem noted by Burak Bilen. 602 Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x. This should 603 fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode. 604 Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of 605 University of Bremen. 606 New Files: 607 include/sm/sem.h 608 libsm/sem.c 609 libsm/t-sem.c 610 6118.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11 612 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS 613 is active. 614 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed 615 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen 616 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 617 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while 618 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen 619 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 620 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the 621 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at 622 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy 623 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant. 624 6258.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15 626 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal 627 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would 628 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by 629 Simple Nomad of BindView. 630 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking 631 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses. 632 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University. 633 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between 634 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more 635 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad 636 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by 637 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 638 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC 639 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services. 640 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size 641 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g., 642 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark. 643 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut 644 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki. 645 Add more logging to milter change header functions to 646 complement existing logging. Based on patch from 647 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 648 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined. 649 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart. 650 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address 651 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones; 652 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO. 653 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog 654 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 655 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after 656 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered. 657 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk. 658 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow 659 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main(). 660 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark. 661 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem 662 noted by Nelson Fung. 663 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access 664 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park. 665 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted 666 by Nelson Fung. 667 Portability: 668 Add support for DragonFly BSD. 669 New Files: 670 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4 671 devtools/OS/DragonFly 672 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h 673 Deleted Files: 674 libsm/vsscanf.c 675 6768.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30 677 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the 678 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the 679 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of 680 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 681 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is 682 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 683 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body 684 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is 685 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted 686 by David Russell. 687 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified 688 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by 689 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL, 690 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith. 691 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and 692 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate. 693 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint. 694 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero. 695 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc. 696 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after 697 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not 698 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given 699 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if 700 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it. 701 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of 702 Bielefeld. 703 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause') 704 is used to give more flexibility for local changes. 705 Portability: 706 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem 707 noted by Geoff Adams. 708 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown. 709 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in 710 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown. 711 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential 712 incompatibilities with various *roff related 713 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland. 714 New Files: 715 doc/op/README 716 7178.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20 718 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential 719 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section 720 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client". 721 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 722 University. 723 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n 724 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi 725 of RUS University of Stuttgart. 726 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found 727 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland. 728 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute 729 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows 730 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP 731 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP 732 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information. 733 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom. 734 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile 735 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to 736 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes. 737 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section 738 of cf/README for more information. 739 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the 740 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on 741 the LDAP library. 742 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an 743 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host 744 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over 745 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP 746 library supports it. 747 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if 748 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set). 749 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often 750 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is 751 done for too many bad SMTP commands. 752 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon 753 maintains the number of incoming connections per client 754 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and 755 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used 756 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits. 757 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s) 758 determines the length of the interval for which the 759 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from 760 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris. 761 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which 762 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting. 763 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see 764 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified 765 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP 766 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554 767 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected 768 during that connection. 769 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP 770 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on 771 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ. 772 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the 773 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs. 774 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington. 775 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems 776 misinterpret it as a permanent error. 777 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until 778 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase 779 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to 780 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll. 781 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id: 782 header, whether provided by the client or generated by 783 sendmail. 784 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open 785 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address. 786 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des 787 Mines de Paris. 788 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done 789 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop 790 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent 791 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's 792 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me 793 for a discussion of the implications of this, including 794 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on 795 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 796 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default 797 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters 798 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions. 799 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If 800 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to 801 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted 802 by Sander Eerkes. 803 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined 804 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs 805 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue 806 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix. 807 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display 808 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL 809 operates on lost queue items. 810 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the 811 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display 812 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the 813 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display 814 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the 815 quarantine reason. 816 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the 817 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information. 818 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the 819 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by 820 "QUARANTINE:". 821 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used 822 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and 823 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will 824 be used for the quarantine reason. 825 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected. 826 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a 827 message if it is quarantined. 828 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain 829 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP). 830 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as 831 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib. 832 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks. 833 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR 834 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same 835 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK. 836 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad 837 recipients received so far in a transaction. 838 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus 839 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem 840 noted by Kai Schlichting. 841 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To: 842 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is 843 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System). 844 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe 845 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane. 846 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting. 847 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of 848 Oceana Matrix Ltd. 849 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which 850 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of 851 Oceana Matrix Ltd. 852 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11). 853 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext 854 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid 855 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo 856 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c. 857 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is 858 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills 859 of the University of Manitoba. 860 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was 861 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if 862 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS 863 is active. 864 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a 865 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS 866 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik. 867 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms 868 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN. 869 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue 870 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 871 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to 872 overwrite each other's pid files. 873 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and 874 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe 875 Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 876 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at 877 LogLevel 12 or higher. 878 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will 879 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option 880 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like 881 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and 882 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland. 883 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified 884 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due 885 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck 886 of Sun Microsystems. 887 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of 888 CheckpointInterval on the command line. 889 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a 890 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag. 891 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information. 892 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 893 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn 894 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options. 895 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO 896 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being 897 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called 898 out of order after the SMTP session was reset. 899 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag 900 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for 901 further information. 902 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to 903 the indicated log file instead of stdout. 904 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control 905 queue return and warning times for delivery status 906 notifications. 907 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries 908 at all. 909 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added 910 to enable/disable certain features in the server per 911 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 912 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s 913 for DaemonPortOptions. 914 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when 915 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert 916 of Northern Illinois University. 917 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to 918 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This 919 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate 920 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of 921 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 922 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS 923 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 924 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from 925 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 926 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required 927 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth 928 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 929 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter 930 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback. 931 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function, 932 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes, 933 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). 934 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will 935 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message. 936 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable 937 HOSTALIASES. 938 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13 939 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1. 940 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get 941 the header value passed in without balancing quotes, 942 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from 943 Oleg Bulyzhin. 944 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and 945 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows 946 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings 947 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets. 948 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin. 949 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters 950 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED. 951 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the 952 sendmail consortium, see CACerts. 953 Portability: 954 Two new compile options have been added: 955 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3). 956 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3). 957 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 958 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so 959 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix 960 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related 961 programs to match locking techniques. 962 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set 963 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself. 964 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for 965 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and 966 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of 967 Center for Scientific Computing. 968 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 969 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 970 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because 971 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations. 972 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct 973 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback 974 from Mark Funkenhauser. 975 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches 976 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR 977 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and 978 cf/sendmail.schema for more information. 979 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER 980 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc. 981 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert 982 of Northern Illinois University. 983 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which 984 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine 985 the message using the given reason. 986 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl) 987 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other 988 DNS records than just A. 989 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the 990 length of the interval for which the number of incoming 991 connections is maintained. 992 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection 993 rate control for individual hosts or nets. 994 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the 995 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets. 996 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP 997 slamming protection described above. The feature can 998 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or 999 use the access database to look the pause time based on 1000 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet. 1001 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use 1002 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for 1003 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client, 1004 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail 1005 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry 1006 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}. 1007 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log 1008 interval when refusing connections for this long. 1009 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases 1010 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by 1011 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems. 1012 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm 1013 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from 1014 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 1015 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src} 1016 to follow the naming conventions. 1017 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify 1018 the A= argument. 1019 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of 1020 local_lmtp. 1021 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile 1022 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. 1023 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated 1024 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts 1025 its rules. 1026 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN 1027 to control queue return and warning times for delivery 1028 status notifications. 1029 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost. 1030 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf 1031 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/. 1032 Patch from Richard Rognlie. 1033 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9. 1034 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see 1035 doc/op/op.me. 1036 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom 1037 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for 1038 use in the xxfi_eom() callback. 1039 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains 1040 certificate revocations lists. 1041 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to 1042 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP 1043 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist 1044 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information. 1045 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 1046 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain 1047 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README 1048 for more information. 1049 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 1050 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail 1051 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be 1052 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on 1053 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar. 1054 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details. 1055 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different 1056 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker 1057 of LifeLine Networks. 1058 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From 1059 Derek J. Balling. 1060 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems. 1061 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc. 1062 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed 1063 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1064 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the 1065 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message. 1066 Filters which use this function must include the 1067 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure. 1068 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server 1069 will terminate the SMTP session with that error. 1070 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a 1071 named socket in the file system if it is running as root. 1072 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter 1073 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress, 1074 resetting the timeout. 1075 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter 1076 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect 1077 failure to do so before calling smfi_main(). 1078 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the 1079 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply. 1080 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring 1081 them instead of stopping after too many occurred. 1082 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems. 1083 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in 1084 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko. 1085 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT. 1086 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group. 1087 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches 1088 from Bryan Costales. 1089 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if 1090 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2). 1091 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol 1092 amendments to support header insertion operations. 1093 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see 1094 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 1095 Informations Services. 1096 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts. 1097 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use 1098 instead of '#'. 1099 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of 1100 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc: 1101 headers. 1102 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address 1103 for the auto-response message. 1104 New Files: 1105 CACerts 1106 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4 1107 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4 1108 cf/feature/mtamark.m4 1109 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4 1110 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4 1111 cf/ostype/unicos.m4 1112 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4 1113 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4 1114 contrib/socketmapClient.pl 1115 contrib/socketmapServer.pl 1116 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 1117 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk 1118 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp 1119 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample 1120 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h 1121 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h 1122 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h 1123 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html 1124 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html 1125 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html 1126 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html 1127 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html 1128 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html 1129 sendmail/ratectrl.c 1130 Deleted Files: 1131 cf/feature/nodns.m4 1132 contrib/oldbind.compat.c 1133 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 1134 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 1135 libsm/vsprintf.c 1136 Renamed Files: 1137 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x 1138 11398.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18 1140 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a 1141 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed 1142 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company. 1143 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and 1144 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not 1145 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of 1146 Techfirm, Inc. 1147 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the 1148 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59. 1149 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 1150 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes 1151 whose process id is the same as that of the initial 1152 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon. 1153 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 1154 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied 1155 recipient address also against the printable addresses 1156 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses. 1157 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum. 1158 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the 1159 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the 1160 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland. 1161 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages. 1162 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1163 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit 1164 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some 1165 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works. 1166 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with 1167 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper 1168 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us. 1169 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of 1170 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a 1171 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1172 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which 1173 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string". 1174 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored. 1175 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set 1176 then a possible race condition for creating qf files 1177 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not 1178 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an 1179 external application that accesses qf files. 1180 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for 1181 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options. 1182 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df 1183 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang 1184 Breyha. 1185 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been 1186 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only 1187 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the 1188 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire 1189 environment. 1190 Portability: 1191 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 1192 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of 1193 Sun Microsystems. 1194 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data 1195 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski. 1196 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'. 1197 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads. 1198 New Files: 1199 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 1200 12018.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17) 1202 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem 1203 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller 1204 of Courtesan Consulting. 1205 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem 1206 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration; 1207 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or 1208 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then 1209 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen. 1210 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength. 1211 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz. 1212 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows. 1213 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME 1214 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1215 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message, 1216 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher. 1217 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP 1218 transactions for broken clients which do not properly 1219 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich. 1220 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients. 1221 Based on patch from Arne Jansen. 1222 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts. 1223 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when 1224 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by 1225 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia. 1226 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO 1227 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from 1228 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd. 1229 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt. 1230 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU. 1231 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version 1232 to make sure they match. 1233 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled 1234 in the kernel. 1235 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error, 1236 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by 1237 Bart Duchesne. 1238 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which 1239 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by 1240 Craig Hunt. 1241 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch 1242 from Jerome Borsboom. 1243 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl 1244 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from 1245 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo. 1246 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an 1247 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the 1248 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered 1249 after the close() and before the truncate(). 1250 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a 1251 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout). 1252 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC. 1253 Portability: 1254 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University 1255 of Washington for providing access to a computer 1256 with AIX 5.2. 1257 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from 1258 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1259 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH 1260 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker 1261 of Harker Systems. 1262 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on 1263 your Linux distribution, compile with 1264 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it. 1265 Added Files: 1266 devtools/OS/AIX.5.2 1267 12688.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29 1269 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 1270 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 1271 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 1272 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 1273 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 1274 includes DNS. 1275 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 1276 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 1277 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 1278 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 1279 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 1280 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 1281 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 1282 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 1283 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 1284 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults, 1285 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 1286 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted 1287 by Derek Wueppelmann. 1288 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not 1289 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings 1290 College London. 1291 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various 1292 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by 1293 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V. 1294 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host. 1295 Patch from Andrzej Filip. 1296 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet'). 1297 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable 1298 text file instead of the database map. 1299 Portability: 1300 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the 1301 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux. 1302 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0 1303 in which case the OS supplied version will be used. 1304 13058.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11 1306 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 1307 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 1308 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 1309 of ISS X-Force. 1310 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the 1311 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in 1312 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of 1313 Stanford University Compilation Group. 1314 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for 1315 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos. 1316 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed, 1317 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated 1318 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart. 1319 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus 1320 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()". 1321 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether 1322 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not 1323 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1324 13258.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29 1326 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 1327 across various connections. This could cause session 1328 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 1329 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 1330 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 1331 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP 1332 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found 1333 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 1334 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100 1335 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by 1336 Erik Parker. 1337 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use 1338 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5 1339 is used. 1340 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem 1341 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 1342 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics 1343 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at 1344 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some 1345 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional 1346 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1347 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by 1348 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic. 1349 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead 1350 of 11 or higher. 1351 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently 1352 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM. 1353 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless 1354 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v). 1355 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name" 1356 to be run even if Runners=0. 1357 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing 1358 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE. 1359 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1360 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo 1361 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available. 1362 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by 1363 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1364 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in 1365 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ. 1366 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted 1367 by John Majikes of IBM. 1368 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across 1369 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee. 1370 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection 1371 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil 1372 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1373 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with 1374 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems). 1375 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr.. 1376 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem 1377 noted by Matthias Andree. 1378 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some 1379 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland. 1380 Portability: 1381 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25). 1382 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken 1383 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires 1384 an argument, hence the builtin version of 1385 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden 1386 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by 1387 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 1388 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University 1389 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1390 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson 1391 of the TrustedBSD Project. 1392 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX 1393 system from Michel Bourget of SGI. 1394 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman. 1395 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky 1396 Corporation. 1397 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez. 1398 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks 1399 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik. 1400 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus 1401 DNS entries to get around access restrictions. 1402 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting. 1403 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default 1404 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost 1405 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or 1406 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then 1407 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment 1408 in the file itself. 1409 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid 1410 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending 1411 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of 1412 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1413 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings. 1414 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to 1415 relay. 1416 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included 1417 in access_db. 1418 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell. 1419 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if 1420 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs. 1421 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 1422 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64. 1423 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole 1424 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1425 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 1426 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 1427 Sun Microsystems. 1428 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3) 1429 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1430 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 1431 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 1432 iDEFENSE, Inc. 1433 New Files: 1434 devtools/OS/Interix 1435 include/sm/bdb.h 1436 14378.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26 1438 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list 1439 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option. 1440 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost 1441 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together. 1442 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev. 1443 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set 1444 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 1445 Courtesan Consulting. 1446 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group 1447 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem 1448 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 1449 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected 1450 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 1451 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1452 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to 1453 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the 1454 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff 1455 Earickson of Colby College. 1456 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails 1457 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of 1458 Courtesan Consulting. 1459 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for 1460 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH. 1461 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries 1462 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz 1463 Henrique Duma of BSIOne. 1464 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using 1465 execve(). 1466 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may 1467 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem 1468 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. 1469 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up 1470 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This 1471 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with 1472 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil 1473 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1474 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data, 1475 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are 1476 supposed for addresses on the header content. 1477 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset. 1478 Portability: 1479 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple 1480 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on 1481 fix from Scott Walters. 1482 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 1483 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell 1484 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 1485 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0). 1486 NETISO support has been dropped. 1487 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect 1488 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT. 1489 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only 1490 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to 1491 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts 1492 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR 1493 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this 1494 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address 1495 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain 1496 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed 1497 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original 1498 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern 1499 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by 1500 Stefaan Van Hoornick. 1501 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses 1502 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}. 1503 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1504 University. 1505 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups. 1506 Fix from Andrzej Filip. 1507 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page 1508 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1509 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a 1510 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1511 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based 1512 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 1513 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1514 New Files: 1515 contrib/etrn.0 1516 15178.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25 1518 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user 1519 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration 1520 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the 1521 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence 1522 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by 1523 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems. 1524 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS 1525 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems 1526 with rogue DNS servers. 1527 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted 1528 by Bryan Costales. 1529 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for 1530 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan 1531 Costales. 1532 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 1533 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 1534 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1535 Polytechnic Institute. 1536 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered 1537 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems. 1538 Portability: 1539 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later 1540 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by 1541 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin 1542 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware. 1543 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless 1544 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped, 1545 8.13 will change the default locking method to 1546 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may 1547 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with 1548 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail 1549 related programs to match locking techniques. 1550 15518.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03 1552 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model 1553 can leave systems open to a local denial of service 1554 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS" 1555 section of the top level README for more information. 1556 Problem noted by lumpy. 1557 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile 1558 instead of 0644. 1559 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files 1560 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 1561 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 1562 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 1563 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 1564 Purdue University. 1565 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted 1566 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 1567 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1568 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter 1569 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas 1570 of Active State. 1571 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the 1572 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches 1573 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1574 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by 1575 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength 1576 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on 1577 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic). 1578 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection 1579 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke. 1580 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested 1581 by Bill Fenner of AT&T. 1582 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 1583 or the queue. 1584 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to 1585 user who started sendmail. 1586 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if 1587 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested 1588 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus. 1589 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths 1590 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and 1591 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options 1592 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of 1593 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich. 1594 Portability: 1595 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not 1596 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature. 1597 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX. 1598 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be 1599 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of 1600 Charles University in Prague. 1601 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared 1602 memory. 1603 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map. 1604 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1605 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with 1606 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail 1607 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1608 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that 1609 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd. 1610 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking 1611 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to 1612 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver 1613 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem 1614 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project. 1615 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode} 1616 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem 1617 noted by Bryan Costales. 1618 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no 1619 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip. 1620 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested 1621 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd. 1622 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by 1623 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1624 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to 1625 match dnsbl change. 1626 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file, 1627 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially 1628 installing the sendmail statistics file. 1629 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case 1630 a user's filter starts other applications. 1631 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate 1632 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL. 1633 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from 1634 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 1635 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 1636 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR. 1637 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University. 1638 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show 1639 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem 1640 noted by Bryan Costales. 1641 New Files: 1642 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4 1643 16448.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05 1645 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups 1646 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail 1647 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved 1648 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back 1649 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken 1650 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary. 1651 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it 1652 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence 1653 queue files should not be moved unless those internals 1654 are understood and the integrity of the files is not 1655 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia 1656 University. 1657 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different 1658 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail 1659 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is 1660 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen 1661 of INTERMETA. 1662 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget 1663 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. 1664 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions. 1665 Problem noted by Guy Feltin. 1666 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter 1667 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of 1668 ActiveState. 1669 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem 1670 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 1671 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to 1672 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1673 Northern Illinois University. 1674 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path 1675 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer 1676 of Dinoex. 1677 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually 1678 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1679 Polytechnic Institute. 1680 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data 1681 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them 1682 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman. 1683 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection 1684 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero. 1685 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University. 1686 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection. 1687 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1688 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on 1689 patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1690 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch 1691 missing arguments. 1692 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by 1693 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used. 1694 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web. 1695 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges. 1696 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1697 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial 1698 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas 1699 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. 1700 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running 1701 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon 1702 Lusky of ISS Atlanta. 1703 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue 1704 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list 1705 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett 1706 of Concordia University. 1707 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem 1708 found by Mario Nigrovic. 1709 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed 1710 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the 1711 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by 1712 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com. 1713 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or 1714 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark 1715 Elvers. 1716 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections. 1717 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number 1718 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the 1719 total number of TCP connections. 1720 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially 1721 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary. 1722 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere. 1723 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers 1724 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian. 1725 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 1726 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 1727 Texas. 1728 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421 1729 to 451. 1730 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was 1731 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on 1732 patch by Bryan Costales. 1733 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short 1734 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada. 1735 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote 1736 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O 1737 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a 1738 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was 1739 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher 1740 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of 1741 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU, 1742 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1743 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers 1744 which drop the connection instead of responding to the 1745 command). 1746 Portability: 1747 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is 1748 available. 1749 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform 1750 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR 1751 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of 1752 Skyrr. 1753 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem 1754 noted by John Beck. 1755 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0. 1756 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From 1757 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard. 1758 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for 1759 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in 1760 8.12.0 but a release note was not included. 1761 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 1762 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 1763 error. 1764 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using 1765 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by 1766 Krzysztof Oledzki. 1767 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias 1768 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP. 1769 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp') 1770 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip. 1771 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of 1772 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers. 1773 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified, 1774 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless 1775 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by 1776 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies. 1777 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in 1778 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise 1779 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the 1780 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog 1781 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the 1782 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the 1783 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed 1784 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1785 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID 1786 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem 1787 noted by John Beck. 1788 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around 1789 if queue groups are used. 1790 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild. 1791 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket. 1792 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command. 1793 Suggested by Bryan Costales. 1794 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs. 1795 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket 1796 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice: 1797 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have 1798 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port 1799 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems. 1800 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState. 1801 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but 1802 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the 1803 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned. 1804 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as 1805 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins 1806 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1807 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set 1808 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include 1809 ldap_memfree(). 1810 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 1811 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 1812 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem 1813 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH. 1814 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based 1815 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California, 1816 San Francisco. 1817 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales. 1818 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by 1819 Joe Barbish. 1820 New Files: 1821 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html 1822 18238.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13 1824 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing 1825 at startup, only log an error message. 1826 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character 1827 following -b) has been specified. 1828 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the 1829 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted 1830 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1831 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status. 1832 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat 1833 Regensburg. 1834 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent 1835 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command. 1836 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico 1837 Institute of Mining and Technology. 1838 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body 1839 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 1840 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1841 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in 1842 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 1843 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1844 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon 1845 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes. 1846 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 1847 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad 1848 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal 1849 SMTP connections. 1850 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by 1851 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining 1852 and Technology. 1853 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the 1854 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822 1855 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1856 Meteorological Institute. 1857 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address 1858 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web 1859 Online. 1860 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize 1861 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile 1862 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF, 1863 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for 1864 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file 1865 types, respectively. 1866 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at 1867 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks 1868 of Virginia Tech. 1869 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the 1870 alias file, not just for include/.forward files. 1871 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1872 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup. 1873 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1874 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same 1875 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis. 1876 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected 1877 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University 1878 of Vienna. 1879 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell 1880 of Sun Microsystems. 1881 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset. 1882 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client 1883 with servers that do not support realms when using 1884 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin. 1885 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the 1886 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem 1887 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1888 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during 1889 command line invocations log them to make it simpler 1890 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster. 1891 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set. 1892 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections 1893 instead of forcing localhost. 1894 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and 1895 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig. 1896 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem 1897 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1898 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly 1899 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop 1900 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number" 1901 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 1902 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1903 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's 1904 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all. 1905 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of 1906 Compaq Computer Corp. 1907 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works 1908 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia 1909 Tech. 1910 Portability: 1911 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on 1912 patch provided by HP. 1913 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a 1914 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke. 1915 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu 1916 Sachin of Siemens. 1917 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX. 1918 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This 1919 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus 1920 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem 1921 noted by Tapani Tarvainen. 1922 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted 1923 by Boyd Lynn Gerber. 1924 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port 1925 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1926 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON, 1927 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README 1928 for more information. From Mark Bixby of 1929 Hewlett-Packard. 1930 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space 1931 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space. 1932 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1933 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of 1934 Virginia Tech. 1935 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota 1936 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center. 1937 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string. 1938 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1939 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed 1940 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of 1941 FreeBSD Services, Ltd. 1942 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX 1943 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1944 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers. 1945 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of 1946 Florida. 1947 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by 1948 Altin Waldmann. 1949 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and 1950 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of 1951 Hewlett-Packard. 1952 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after 1953 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev 1954 of MSFU. 1955 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking. 1956 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1957 Institute. 1958 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman. 1959 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt 1960 to free memory twice. 1961 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library. 1962 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley 1963 of Sun Microsystems. 1964 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when 1965 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP 1966 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the 1967 University of Athens. 1968 New Files: 1969 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf 1970 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc 1971 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4 1972 cf/ostype/mpeix.m4 1973 devtools/OS/AIX.5.1 1974 devtools/OS/MPE-iX 1975 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h 1976 libsm/mpeix.c 1977 19788.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01 1979 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded 1980 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by 1981 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for 1982 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem 1983 found by Michal Zalewski. 1984 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra 1985 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag) 1986 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is 1987 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski. 1988 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files. 1989 Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 1990 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP 1991 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or 1992 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets. 1993 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default 1994 values for configuration file and pid file but also the 1995 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman. 1996 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL 1997 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time 1998 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously 1999 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem 2000 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research. 2001 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 2002 canonical name for a host. 2003 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command 2004 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission 2005 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on 2006 suggestion from Michal Zalewski. 2007 Portability: 2008 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version. 2009 `uname` does not given complete information. 2010 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna 2011 Aircraft Company. 2012 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local). 2013 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX. 2014 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass 2015 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 2016 Courtesan Consulting. 2017 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize 2018 problems with potential misconfigurations. 2019 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem 2020 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and 2021 Technology Organisation of Australia. 2022 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case 2023 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists 2024 then use it. 2025 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by 2026 Richard A. Nelson of Debian. 2027 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted 2028 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 2029 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 2030 and vacation. 2031 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 2032 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 2033 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 2034 New Files: 2035 test/Build 2036 test/Makefile 2037 test/Makefile.m4 2038 test/README 2039 test/t_dropgid.c 2040 test/t_setgid.c 2041 Deleted Files: 2042 include/sm/stdio.h 2043 include/sm/sysstat.h 2044 20458.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08 2046 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use 2047 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and 2048 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by 2049 default). The installation process tries to install 2050 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by 2051 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details. 2052 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include: 2053 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely 2054 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new 2055 flags: 2056 GroupWritableForwardFile 2057 WorldWritableForwardFile 2058 GroupWritableIncludeFile 2059 WorldWritableIncludeFile 2060 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska, 2061 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested 2062 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 2063 (IdS). 2064 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump 2065 point where the variable could become overused for more than 2066 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in 2067 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now 2068 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro, 2069 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems. 2070 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission 2071 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a 2072 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission 2073 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details 2074 see sendmail/SECURITY. 2075 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label. 2076 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc. 2077 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf 2078 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See 2079 sendmail/SECURITY. 2080 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue 2081 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID 2082 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY. 2083 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default), 2084 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it 2085 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection 2086 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf 2087 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY. 2088 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX 2089 command has been removed. 2090 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off 2091 at compile time or per host (ruleset). 2092 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database 2093 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value 2094 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database 2095 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c. 2096 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters 2097 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with 2098 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer 2099 supported. 2100 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by 2101 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders 2102 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller 2103 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole 2104 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The 2105 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient 2106 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list 2107 creation rather than just before delivery. 2108 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous 2109 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail 2110 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching 2111 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value 2112 preference matches (coattail). 2113 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will 2114 try other MX hosts if available. 2115 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for 2116 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication. 2117 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable 2118 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based 2119 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 2120 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used. 2121 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side 2122 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo. 2123 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be 2124 removed in future versions. 2125 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554 2126 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender. 2127 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength 2128 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See 2129 doc/op/op.me for details. 2130 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject}, 2131 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that 2132 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash 2133 of the presented certificate, respectively. 2134 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS. 2135 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the 2136 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 2137 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular 2138 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure 2139 enough on a per recipient basis. 2140 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server 2141 for STARTTLS. 2142 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the 2143 value "NOT". 2144 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off 2145 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail. 2146 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file. 2147 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2148 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if 2149 really required. This change results in a noticable 2150 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared 2151 memory is in use, reuse the key several times. 2152 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with 2153 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details. 2154 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater 2155 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they 2156 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope 2157 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the 2158 command line, then the value also limits the number of 2159 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are 2160 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of 2161 by a queue run. 2162 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file 2163 system each queue directory resides in. 2164 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent. 2165 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files. 2166 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work 2167 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment 2168 collected together) to process the same work list at the 2169 same time. 2170 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently 2171 active queue runner processes. 2172 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue 2173 runners per queue group. 2174 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows 2175 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is 2176 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members 2177 of the queue that match during processing. 2178 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of 2179 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single 2180 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue 2181 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this 2182 persistent queue runner. 2183 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a 2184 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval: 2185 sendmail -q15m). 2186 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners. 2187 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 2188 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q 2189 unless the new -qf option or -v is used. 2190 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if 2191 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention. 2192 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time 2193 of the qf file (older entries first). 2194 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows 2195 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail 2196 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the 2197 minimum amount of time or disable the extension. 2198 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are 2199 not allowed unless escaped or quoted. 2200 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed 2201 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on 2202 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer 2203 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of 2204 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden. 2205 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old 2206 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets. 2207 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 2208 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used 2209 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set 2210 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system 2211 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for 2212 details. 2213 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print 2214 the number of entries in the queue(s). 2215 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README 2216 and the usual documentation for details. 2217 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10. 2218 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as 2219 announced in 8.10. 2220 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead. 2221 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is 2222 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by 2223 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2224 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout), 2225 -r (number of retries). 2226 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a 2227 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute 2228 and value separated by the given separator. 2229 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and) 2230 to map class arith. 2231 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces'' 2232 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped. 2233 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and 2234 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files. 2235 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax 2236 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is 2237 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used. 2238 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for 2239 filenames with spaces). 2240 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames. 2241 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc: 2242 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection. 2243 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection. 2244 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection. 2245 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong 2246 to the loopback net. 2247 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients. 2248 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from 2249 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 2250 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for 2251 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command. 2252 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for 2253 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed. 2254 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once 2255 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option 2256 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD 2257 Development Group. 2258 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages 2259 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not 2260 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0 2261 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most 2262 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that 2263 load average is exceeded. 2264 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of 2265 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer. 2266 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines 2267 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100). 2268 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2269 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0'). 2270 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead. 2271 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC] 2272 instead. 2273 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC] 2274 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead. 2275 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the 2276 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the 2277 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2278 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags} 2279 for direct (command line) submissions. 2280 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in 2281 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun 2282 Hagino of the KAME Project. 2283 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers 2284 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:. 2285 Proposed by Andrzej Filip. 2286 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing 2287 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level 2288 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP 2289 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries. 2290 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format 2291 before logging. 2292 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given 2293 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher). 2294 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher. 2295 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections 2296 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or 2297 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway. 2298 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for 2299 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl 2300 of the Universitat Regensburg. 2301 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including 2302 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories, 2303 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools, 2304 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O 2305 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil. 2306 See libsm/index.html for details. 2307 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken 2308 care of by fork() and exit(). 2309 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for 2310 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms 2311 new and old (from new libsm). 2312 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two 2313 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf'). 2314 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's. 2315 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used 2316 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk 2317 synchronizations calls. 2318 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output. 2319 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail. 2320 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS" 2321 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info). 2322 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories. 2323 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me 2324 for details. 2325 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors 2326 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs 2327 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform). 2328 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 2329 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error 2330 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the 2331 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 2332 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems 2333 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent 2334 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and 2335 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable, 2336 then that email had been delivered in each queue run. 2337 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita 2338 degli Studi dell'Insubria. 2339 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed, 2340 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now. 2341 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and 2342 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 2343 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When 2344 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers 2345 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6) 2346 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new 2347 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and 2348 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at 2349 Urbana-Champaign. 2350 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem 2351 noted by Joy Latten of IBM. 2352 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second 2353 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of 2354 connections. 2355 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force 2356 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the 2357 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of 2358 cf/README. 2359 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If 2360 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a 2361 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the 2362 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This 2363 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me 2364 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be 2365 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read 2366 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR 2367 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an 2368 example). 2369 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for 2370 the default schema used in the above two items. 2371 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a 2372 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class 2373 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path. 2374 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning 2375 if a program being run from a mailer or file class 2376 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable. 2377 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w} 2378 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback" 2379 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the 2380 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces. 2381 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC. 2382 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple 2383 HELO/EHLO commands. 2384 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each 2385 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing 2386 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect 2387 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of 2388 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the 2389 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori 2390 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2391 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges 2392 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root 2393 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases, 2394 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v 2395 (verbose) command line option. 2396 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface 2397 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall 2398 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set). 2399 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2400 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input: 2401 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of 2402 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2403 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group 2404 can be specified using the '#' option character. For 2405 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'. 2406 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the 2407 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback 2408 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of 2409 British Columbia. 2410 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501 2411 because 501 is not allowed on all commands. 2412 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be 2413 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 2414 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail 2415 if required. 2416 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map 2417 class instead. 2418 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the 2419 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example, 2420 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to 2421 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4]. 2422 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the 2423 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run. 2424 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the 2425 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick 2426 Nelson of IBM. 2427 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too 2428 many "light weight" commands have been received are now 2429 configurable during compile time. The current values and 2430 their defaults are: 2431 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands 2432 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 2433 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 2434 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 2435 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 2436 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan 2437 Costales of SL3D, Inc. 2438 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if 2439 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty. 2440 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used 2441 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2442 Meteorological Institute. 2443 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce 2444 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses 2445 which are not delivered on the initial attempt. 2446 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after 2447 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future 2448 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 2449 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for 2450 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory 2451 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be 2452 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux. 2453 See sendmail/README for further information. 2454 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if 2455 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by 2456 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 2457 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the 2458 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 2459 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2460 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix 2461 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink. 2462 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of 2463 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of 2464 flora.ca. 2465 Portability: 2466 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character 2467 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by 2468 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2469 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR, 2470 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group 2471 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set 2472 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch 2473 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari 2474 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2475 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under 2476 Solaris 8 and later. 2477 Add support for OpenUNIX. 2478 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10. 2479 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf. 2480 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc. 2481 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt). 2482 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with 2483 temporary lookup failures. 2484 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default 2485 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names 2486 or IP nets. 2487 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or 2488 relay address as long as the other part allows the email 2489 to get through. 2490 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter 2491 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an 2492 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by 2493 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been 2494 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses. 2495 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed 2496 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER 2497 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come 2498 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used. 2499 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G} 2500 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated 2501 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2502 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup 2503 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually 2504 terminates check_* ruleset checking. 2505 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset 2506 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details. 2507 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether 2508 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version} 2509 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})". 2510 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks') 2511 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable 2512 specification of whole domains instead of just users. 2513 Notice: this change is not backward compatible. 2514 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 2515 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see 2516 cf/README for details. 2517 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in 2518 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the 2519 University of Maryland. 2520 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for 2521 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online. 2522 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default 2523 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access 2524 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively. 2525 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument 2526 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one. 2527 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem 2528 Solving. 2529 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific 2530 options, see doc/op/op.me for details. 2531 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for 2532 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). 2533 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated 2534 immediately. 2535 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which 2536 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups. 2537 See cf/README for details. 2538 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for 2539 temporary lookup failures. 2540 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for 2541 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension. 2542 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared 2543 memory use. 2544 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting 2545 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the 2546 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain, 2547 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias 2548 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd. 2549 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user 2550 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2551 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered 2552 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 2553 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of 2554 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used. 2555 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the 2556 +detail portion of the address when passing address to 2557 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail 2558 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this. 2559 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl'). 2560 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE() 2561 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP 2562 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the 2563 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for 2564 additional details. 2565 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 2566 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being 2567 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more 2568 information. 2569 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look 2570 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based 2571 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau. 2572 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing 2573 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject 2574 recipients as user unknown. 2575 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map 2576 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS'' 2577 section of cf/README for more information. 2578 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster} 2579 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING 2580 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''. 2581 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(), 2582 which takes the options as argument and can be used 2583 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 2584 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options: 2585 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle 2586 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers 2587 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase 2588 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren 2589 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue 2590 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun 2591 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode 2592 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit 2593 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions 2594 See above (and related documentation) for further information. 2595 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options: 2596 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect 2597 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth 2598 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo 2599 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls 2600 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API: 2601 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters 2602 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel 2603 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect 2604 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo 2605 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom 2606 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt 2607 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and 2608 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and 2609 doc/op/op.me for details. 2610 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains. 2611 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori 2612 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2613 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the 2614 dequote map. 2615 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups. 2616 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based 2617 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient. 2618 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed 2619 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For 2620 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address 2621 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need 2622 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side. 2623 This affects the access database as well as the 2624 relay-domains and local-host-names files. 2625 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux). 2626 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST. 2627 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading 2628 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of 2629 Mississippi State University. 2630 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users 2631 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file. 2632 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4 2633 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map. 2634 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2635 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library 2636 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP, 2637 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN. 2638 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off 2639 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating 2640 systems which don't include cat directories. 2641 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap. 2642 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 2643 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the 2644 mailbox database type. 2645 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to 2646 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home 2647 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on 2648 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net. 2649 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but 2650 doesn't truncate the statistics file. 2651 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter 2652 instead of white space. 2653 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 2654 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2655 Meteorological Institute. 2656 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later. 2657 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to 2658 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 2659 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout 2660 instead of syslog. 2661 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login 2662 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used 2663 to specify the database and message file since there is no 2664 home directory for the default settings for these options. 2665 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 2666 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option 2667 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which 2668 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file. 2669 New Directories: 2670 libmilter/docs 2671 New Files: 2672 cf/cf/README 2673 cf/cf/submit.cf 2674 cf/cf/submit.mc 2675 cf/feature/authinfo.m4 2676 cf/feature/compat_check.m4 2677 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4 2678 cf/feature/msp.m4 2679 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4 2680 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4 2681 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4 2682 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4 2683 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4 2684 cf/sendmail.schema 2685 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4 2686 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4 2687 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386 2688 editmap/* 2689 include/sm/* 2690 libsm/* 2691 libsmutil/cf.c 2692 libsmutil/err.c 2693 sendmail/SECURITY 2694 sendmail/TUNING 2695 sendmail/bf.c 2696 sendmail/bf.h 2697 sendmail/sasl.c 2698 sendmail/sm_resolve.c 2699 sendmail/sm_resolve.h 2700 sendmail/tls.c 2701 Deleted Files: 2702 cf/feature/rbl.m4 2703 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 2704 devtools/OS/AIX.2 2705 include/sendmail/cdefs.h 2706 include/sendmail/errstring.h 2707 include/sendmail/useful.h 2708 libsmutil/errstring.c 2709 sendmail/bf_portable.c 2710 sendmail/bf_portable.h 2711 sendmail/bf_torek.c 2712 sendmail/bf_torek.h 2713 sendmail/clock.c 2714 Renamed Files: 2715 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc 2716 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf 2717 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4 2718 27198.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29 2720 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 2721 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 2722 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 2723 of ISS X-Force. 2724 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 2725 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 2726 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 2727 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 2728 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 2729 includes DNS. 2730 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 2731 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 2732 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 2733 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 2734 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 2735 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 2736 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 2737 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 2738 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 2739 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults, 2740 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 2741 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 2742 across various connections. This could cause session 2743 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 2744 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 2745 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 2746 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 2747 canonical name for a host. 2748 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps. 2749 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 2750 or the queue. 2751 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 2752 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 2753 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 2754 Polytechnic Institute. 2755 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 2756 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 2757 Purdue University. 2758 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 2759 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 2760 Texas. 2761 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 2762 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 2763 error. 2764 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if 2765 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled. 2766 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 2767 and vacation. 2768 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 2769 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 2770 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 2771 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 2772 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 2773 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 2774 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 2775 Sun Microsystems. 2776 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 2777 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 2778 iDEFENSE, Inc. 2779 27808.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20 2781 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying 2782 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by 2783 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus. 2784 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could 2785 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been 2786 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout 2787 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem 2788 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard. 2789 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many 2790 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by 2791 Werner Wiethege. 2792 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem 2793 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca 2794 27958.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31 2796 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart 2797 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without 2798 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha 2799 of SE Netway Communications. 2800 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or 2801 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 2802 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system 2803 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back 2804 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim 2805 Bosserman of EarthLink. 2806 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP 2807 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response. 2808 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using 2809 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be 2810 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo 2811 University College. 2812 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by 2813 Greg King of the OAO Corporation. 2814 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent 2815 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent. 2816 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope 2817 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the 2818 University at Albany. 2819 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem 2820 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 2821 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override 2822 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O 2823 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts 2824 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese. 2825 Portability: 2826 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem 2827 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 2828 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?). 2829 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 2830 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline 2831 2000 Internet Solutions Inc. 2832 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian 2833 Hagedorn of Cologne University. 2834 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses 2835 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou. 2836 28378.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28 2838 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap 2839 corruption and other potential race conditions. 2840 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be 2841 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can 2842 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by 2843 Michal Zalewski of BindView. 2844 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an 2845 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption 2846 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol. 2847 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is 2848 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have 2849 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms. 2850 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch 2851 from Kenji Miyake. 2852 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding 2853 QueueDirectory wildcards. 2854 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close 2855 the same map again while exiting. 2856 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via 2857 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University 2858 of Tuebingen. 2859 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took 2860 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce 2861 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of 2862 Oklahoma State University. 2863 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex 2864 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of 2865 InTouch Systems, Inc. 2866 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the 2867 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection 2868 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of 2869 Morgan Stanley. 2870 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the 2871 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil 2872 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2873 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch 2874 from Werner Wiethege. 2875 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket 2876 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley. 2877 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer 2878 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty 2879 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 2880 Internet Services. 2881 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich 2882 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 2883 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by 2884 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2885 Portability: 2886 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation. 2887 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back 2888 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS. 2889 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X. 2890 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source 2891 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2892 Meteorological Institute. 2893 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD 2894 since it generates random process ids. 2895 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings 2896 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0'). 2897 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2898 New Files: 2899 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4 2900 29018.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27 2902 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the 2903 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus 2904 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 2905 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2906 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which 2907 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote. 2908 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers 2909 communications consulting gmbh. 2910 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 2911 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2912 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions 2913 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the 2914 connection came in from the command line. 2915 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions 2916 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from 2917 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2918 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in 2919 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure. 2920 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk 2921 when they were committed. 2922 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command. 2923 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch. 2924 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set 2925 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may 2926 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would 2927 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on. 2928 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A= 2929 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 2930 University. 2931 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially 2932 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before 2933 accept() completes. 2934 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be 2935 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given. 2936 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist 2937 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo 2938 Wellcome. 2939 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL, 2940 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing 2941 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 2942 University. 2943 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully 2944 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the 2945 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the 2946 University of New Brunswick. 2947 Portability: 2948 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO 2949 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally 2950 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition. 2951 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 2952 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2953 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and 2954 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from 2955 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 2956 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if 2957 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem 2958 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc. 2959 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and 2960 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files. 2961 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations. 2962 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 2963 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems 2964 storing the temporary message file until after the remote 2965 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem 2966 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 2967 Institute. 2968 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users 2969 are also specified on the command line. Patch from 2970 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2971 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on 2972 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree). 2973 Renamed Files: 2974 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x 2975 29768.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29 2977 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in 2978 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit 2979 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be 2980 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 2981 Schools" project (IdS). 2982 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using 2983 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can 2984 be enabled by compiling with: 2985 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS') 2986 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by 2987 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 2988 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have 2989 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5. 2990 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read 2991 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the 2992 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of 2993 Colby College. 2994 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per 2995 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value. 2996 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started. 2997 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires 2998 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL 2999 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries). 3000 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for 3001 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of 3002 NxNetworks, Inc. 3003 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the 3004 client name. 3005 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting 3006 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of 3007 the Universitat Regensburg. 3008 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in 3009 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the 3010 University of Arizona. 3011 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano 3012 of Collective Technologies. 3013 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers 3014 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly. 3015 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet 3016 Engineering. 3017 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer 3018 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3019 Meteorological Institute. 3020 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 3021 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 3022 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3023 Meteorological Institute. 3024 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all 3025 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to 3026 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis 3027 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3028 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call 3029 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information. 3030 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF. 3031 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if 3032 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon 3033 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 3034 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of 3035 overall connections, not the number of connections per 3036 socket. A future version may change this to per socket 3037 counting. 3038 Portability: 3039 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms 3040 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem 3041 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS. 3042 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris' 3043 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc. 3044 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry 3045 Rosenman. 3046 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 3047 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 3048 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and 3049 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes 3050 of Pacific Access. 3051 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by 3052 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3053 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun 3054 Microsystems. 3055 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r') 3056 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online, 3057 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3058 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for 3059 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 3060 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e., 3061 implicitly assume canonical host names. 3062 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on 3063 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3064 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of 3065 Virginia Tech. 3066 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched 3067 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori 3068 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3069 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`). 3070 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted 3071 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting 3072 gmbh. 3073 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark 3074 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3075 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4 3076 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent 3077 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 3078 of Kyoto University. 3079 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It 3080 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for 3081 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to 3082 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future 3083 version. 3084 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X, 3085 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 3086 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3087 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore. 3088 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-* 3089 or *-owner. 3090 New Files: 3091 cf/ostype/aix5.m4 3092 contrib/buildvirtuser 3093 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0 3094 30958.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27 3096 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single 3097 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3098 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly 3099 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without 3100 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of 3101 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and 3102 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3103 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory 3104 wildcards. 3105 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent 3106 process may close the connection before the child process 3107 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong 3108 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang 3109 Hottgenroth of UUNET. 3110 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to 3111 read the LDAP secret from a file. 3112 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after 3113 the user submits the message and before the first delivery 3114 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet. 3115 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3116 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is 3117 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman 3118 of EarthLink. 3119 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero. 3120 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as 3121 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by 3122 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 3123 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem 3124 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3125 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot 3126 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G. 3127 Fournier of Acadia University. 3128 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close 3129 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are 3130 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and 3131 one of the others may be able to take over. 3132 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the 3133 previous load average query result. 3134 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened, 3135 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client 3136 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E 3137 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3138 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving 3139 the split envelopes before the original envelope. 3140 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of 3141 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark 3142 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3143 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and 3144 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet. 3145 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and 3146 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem 3147 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University. 3148 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem 3149 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A. 3150 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP 3151 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the 3152 University of British Columbia. 3153 Portability: 3154 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9} 3155 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can 3156 override the setting. Suggested by 3157 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson. 3158 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of 3159 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From 3160 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College. 3161 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which 3162 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 3163 College. 3164 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From 3165 Tom Moore of NCR. 3166 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From 3167 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter. 3168 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file 3169 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John 3170 Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3171 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems 3172 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan 3173 Consulting. 3174 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}. 3175 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG. 3176 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with 3177 errors in the MAIL address. 3178 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem 3179 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech. 3180 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8). 3181 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3182 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add 3183 GECOS information for an address. This more closely 3184 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of 3185 Ericsson. 3186 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for 3187 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay 3188 mailer as described in cf/README. 3189 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas 3190 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK. 3191 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using 3192 makemap to 'unmake' the map. 3193 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to 3194 sendmail. 3195 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 3196 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3197 Meteorological Institute. 3198 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals. 3199 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single 3200 dot as the only character on the line. 3201 New Files: 3202 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4 3203 32048.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 3205 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 3206 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 3207 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 3208 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 3209 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 3210 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 3211 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3212 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 3213 it populates. It is possible that some broken 3214 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 3215 Systems in this category should compile with 3216 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 3217 system and report broken implementations to 3218 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 3219 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 3220 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 3221 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 3222 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 3223 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 3224 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 3225 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 3226 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 3227 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 3228 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 3229 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 3230 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 3231 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 3232 random data. 3233 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 3234 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 3235 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 3236 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 3237 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 3238 Martin of CMU. 3239 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 3240 strength factor. 3241 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 3242 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 3243 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 3244 of CMU. 3245 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 3246 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 3247 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 3248 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 3249 documented, unless a family is specified in a 3250 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 3251 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 3252 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 3253 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 3254 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 3255 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 3256 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 3257 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 3258 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 3259 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 3260 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 3261 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3262 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 3263 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 3264 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 3265 of Sun Microsystems. 3266 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 3267 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 3268 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 3269 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 3270 the incoming information in the queue file for later 3271 delivery attempts. 3272 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 3273 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 3274 smoe.org. 3275 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 3276 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 3277 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3278 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 3279 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 3280 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 3281 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 3282 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 3283 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3284 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 3285 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 3286 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3287 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 3288 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 3289 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 3290 of Northern Illinois University. 3291 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 3292 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3293 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 3294 to kilobyte units. 3295 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 3296 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 3297 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 3298 Polytechnic. 3299 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 3300 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 3301 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 3302 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3303 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 3304 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 3305 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3306 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 3307 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3308 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 3309 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 3310 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 3311 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 3312 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 3313 G. Thomas Consulting. 3314 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 3315 port number (113). 3316 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 3317 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3318 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 3319 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 3320 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3321 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 3322 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 3323 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 3324 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 3325 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 3326 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 3327 University of Mainz. 3328 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 3329 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 3330 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 3331 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3332 Portability: 3333 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 3334 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 3335 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 3336 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 3337 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 3338 work properly causing problems if the accept() 3339 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 3340 from Tom Moore of NCR. 3341 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 3342 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security. 3343 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 3344 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 3345 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 3346 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 3347 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 3348 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 3349 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3350 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 3351 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 3352 confCACERT CACERTFile 3353 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 3354 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 3355 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 3356 confRAND_FILE RandFile 3357 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 3358 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 3359 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 3360 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 3361 cf/README for more information. 3362 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 3363 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 3364 called due to a STARTTLS command. 3365 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 3366 instead of temporary. 3367 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 3368 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 3369 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 3370 Consulting. 3371 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 3372 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 3373 RootsWeb.com. 3374 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 3375 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 3376 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 3377 University of Maryland. 3378 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 3379 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 3380 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 3381 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 3382 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 3383 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 3384 of the University of Alberta. 3385 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 3386 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 3387 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 3388 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 3389 of X.509 certificates. 3390 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 3391 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 3392 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 3393 Universitat Regensburg. 3394 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 3395 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3396 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 3397 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3398 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 3399 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3400 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 3401 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 3402 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3403 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 3404 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 3405 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 3406 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 3407 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 3408 University. 3409 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 3410 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 3411 links. 3412 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 3413 reported. 3414 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 3415 Denman Tire Corporation. 3416 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 3417 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 3418 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 3419 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 3420 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 3421 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 3422 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 3423 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 3424 have a From line. 3425 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 3426 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 3427 Added Files: 3428 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 3429 contrib/cidrexpand 3430 contrib/link_hash.sh 3431 contrib/movemail.conf 3432 contrib/movemail.pl 3433 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 3434 test/t_snprintf.c 3435 34368.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 3437 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 3438 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 3439 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 3440 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 3441 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 3442 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 3443 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 3444 Added Files: 3445 test/t_setuid.c 3446 34478.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 3448 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 3449 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 3450 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 3451 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 3452 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 3453 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 3454 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 3455 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 3456 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 3457 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 3458 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 3459 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3460 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 3461 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 3462 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3463 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 3464 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 3465 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 3466 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 3467 or higher. 3468 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 3469 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 3470 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 3471 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 3472 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 3473 Polytechnic Institute. 3474 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 3475 discards the message. 3476 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 3477 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 3478 attempted to the alias. 3479 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 3480 flag options. 3481 Portability: 3482 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 3483 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 3484 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 3485 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 3486 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3487 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 3488 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 3489 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 3490 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 3491 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 3492 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 3493 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 3494 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 3495 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 3496 Services, LLC. 3497 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 3498 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 3499 Courtesan Consulting. 3500 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 3501 Siemens Business Services. 3502 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 3503 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 3504 of WSRCC. 3505 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 3506 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 3507 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 3508 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 3509 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 3510 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 3511 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 3512 of NEC. 3513 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 3514 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3515 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 3516 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 3517 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 3518 Virginia Tech. 3519 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 3520 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 3521 University. 3522 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 3523 for other internal projects but included in the open source 3524 release. 3525 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 3526 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 3527 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 3528 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 3529 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 3530 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 3531 Sendmail. 3532 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 3533 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 3534 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3535 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 3536 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 3537 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 3538 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 3539 Northern Illinois University. 3540 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 3541 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 3542 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 3543 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3544 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 3545 Polytechnique de Montreal. 3546 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 3547 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 3548 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 3549 Added Files: 3550 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 3551 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 3552 Deleted Files: 3553 contrib/converting.sun.configs 3554 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 3555 doc/intro 3556 doc/usenix 3557 doc/changes 3558 35598.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 3560 ************************************************************* 3561 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 3562 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 3563 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 3564 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 3565 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 3566 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 3567 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 3568 * coach, and a friend. * 3569 * * 3570 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 3571 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 3572 * Julie, we miss you! * 3573 ************************************************************* 3574 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 3575 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 3576 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 3577 symbolic link target. 3578 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 3579 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 3580 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 3581 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 3582 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 3583 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 3584 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 3585 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 3586 version of sendmail. 3587 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 3588 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 3589 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 3590 (IdS). 3591 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 3592 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 3593 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 3594 for easier code sharing among the programs. 3595 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 3596 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 3597 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 3598 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 3599 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 3600 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 3601 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 3602 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 3603 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 3604 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3605 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 3606 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 3607 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3608 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 3609 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 3610 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3611 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 3612 now listen on several different ports. Use: 3613 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 3614 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 3615 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 3616 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 3617 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 3618 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 3619 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 3620 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 3621 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 3622 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 3623 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 3624 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 3625 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 3626 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 3627 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 3628 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 3629 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 3630 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 3631 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 3632 accordingly. 3633 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 3634 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 3635 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 3636 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 3637 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 3638 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 3639 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 3640 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 3641 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 3642 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 3643 InCert Software. 3644 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 3645 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 3646 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 3647 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 3648 a control socket request. 3649 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 3650 settings: 3651 Timeout.resolver.retrans 3652 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3653 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3654 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 3655 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3656 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3657 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 3658 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 3659 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3660 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 3661 delivery attempt. 3662 Timeout.resolver.retry 3663 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3664 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3665 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 3666 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3667 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3668 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 3669 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 3670 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3671 query for all resolver lookups except the first 3672 delivery attempt. 3673 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3674 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 3675 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 3676 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 3677 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 3678 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 3679 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 3680 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 3681 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 3682 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 3683 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3684 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 3685 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 3686 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 3687 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 3688 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 3689 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 3690 Telecommunications Ltd. 3691 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 3692 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 3693 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 3694 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 3695 Inc. 3696 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 3697 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 3698 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3699 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 3700 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3701 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 3702 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 3703 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3704 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 3705 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 3706 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 3707 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 3708 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 3709 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 3710 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 3711 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 3712 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3713 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 3714 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 3715 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 3716 Ltd. 3717 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 3718 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 3719 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 3720 example mailer might be: 3721 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 3722 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 3723 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 3724 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 3725 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 3726 instead. 3727 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 3728 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 3729 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 3730 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 3731 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 3732 flags. 3733 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 3734 body of the original message on delivery status 3735 notifications. 3736 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 3737 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 3738 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 3739 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 3740 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 3741 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 3742 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 3743 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 3744 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 3745 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 3746 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 3747 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 3748 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 3749 Conwell of Boston University. 3750 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 3751 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 3752 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 3753 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 3754 @Home Network. 3755 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 3756 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 3757 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 3758 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 3759 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 3760 similar to check_rcpt etc. 3761 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 3762 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 3763 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 3764 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 3765 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3766 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 3767 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 3768 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3769 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 3770 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 3771 Mathias Herberts. 3772 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 3773 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 3774 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 3775 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 3776 in check_compat). 3777 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 3778 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 3779 option. 3780 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 3781 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 3782 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3783 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 3784 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3785 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 3786 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 3787 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 3788 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 3789 is set. 3790 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 3791 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 3792 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 3793 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 3794 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 3795 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 3796 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 3797 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 3798 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 3799 a denial-of-service attack. 3800 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 3801 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 3802 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 3803 overflow attacks. 3804 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 3805 alias recursion. 3806 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 3807 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 3808 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 3809 directly before the newline. 3810 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 3811 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 3812 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 3813 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 3814 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 3815 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 3816 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 3817 could not be opened. 3818 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 3819 value of this option is macro expanded. 3820 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 3821 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 3822 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 3823 (along with the already existing macros): 3824 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 3825 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 3826 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 3827 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 3828 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 3829 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 3830 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 3831 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 3832 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 3833 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 3834 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 3835 loopback net. 3836 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 3837 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 3838 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 3839 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 3840 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 3841 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 3842 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3843 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 3844 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 3845 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 3846 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 3847 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3848 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 3849 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 3850 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 3851 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 3852 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 3853 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 3854 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 3855 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 3856 Ericsson. 3857 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 3858 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 3859 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 3860 of Ericsson. 3861 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 3862 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 3863 of Renaissance Internet Services. 3864 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 3865 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 3866 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 3867 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 3868 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 3869 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 3870 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 3871 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 3872 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 3873 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 3874 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 3875 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 3876 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 3877 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3878 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 3879 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 3880 equate name. 3881 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 3882 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 3883 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 3884 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 3885 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 3886 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 3887 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 3888 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 3889 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 3890 David Cooley of Colby College. 3891 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 3892 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 3893 already decided the message will be passed to another host 3894 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 3895 Buckeridge Young Limited. 3896 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 3897 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 3898 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 3899 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 3900 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 3901 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 3902 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 3903 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 3904 of Stanford University. 3905 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 3906 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 3907 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 3908 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 3909 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 3910 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 3911 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 3912 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 3913 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 3914 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 3915 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 3916 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 3917 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 3918 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 3919 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 3920 attributes found in the match will be returned. 3921 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 3922 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 3923 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 3924 comma separated key and value strings. 3925 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 3926 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 3927 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 3928 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 3929 a single connection to that host. 3930 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 3931 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 3932 LDAP lookups. 3933 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 3934 resources. 3935 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 3936 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 3937 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 3938 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 3939 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 3940 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 3941 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 3942 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 3943 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 3944 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 3945 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 3946 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 3947 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 3948 with the name "*". 3949 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 3950 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 3951 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 3952 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 3953 matches to return. 3954 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 3955 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 3956 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 3957 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 3958 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 3959 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 3960 are defined. 3961 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 3962 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 3963 Tech. 3964 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 3965 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 3966 important if you have large classes. 3967 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 3968 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 3969 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3970 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 3971 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 3972 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs 3973 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 3974 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 3975 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 3976 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 3977 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 3978 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 3979 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 3980 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 3981 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 3982 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 3983 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 3984 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 3985 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 3986 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 3987 determined). For single processor machines, this change 3988 has no effect. 3989 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 3990 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3991 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 3992 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3993 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 3994 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 3995 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 3996 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 3997 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 3998 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 3999 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 4000 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 4001 connection-based denial of service attacks. 4002 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 4003 10 or higher. 4004 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 4005 information (from= syslog line). 4006 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 4007 equate (dsn=). 4008 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 4009 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see 4010 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth 4011 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 4012 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 4013 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 4014 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4015 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 4016 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4017 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 4018 the program as the default user and the default group, not 4019 the forward file user. This change also assures the 4020 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 4021 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 4022 Popovici of DNT Romania. 4023 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 4024 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 4025 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 4026 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 4027 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 4028 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 4029 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 4030 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 4031 helpful to know the sender of the message. 4032 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 4033 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4034 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 4035 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 4036 multiple files. 4037 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 4038 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 4039 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 4040 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 4041 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 4042 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 4043 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 4044 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 4045 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 4046 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 4047 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 4048 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 4049 length before the attempt. 4050 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 4051 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 4052 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 4053 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 4054 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 4055 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 4056 host status files, not all files. 4057 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 4058 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 4059 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 4060 Wonderworks Inc. 4061 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 4062 macro map class. This can be used to store information 4063 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 4064 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 4065 of Hannover. 4066 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 4067 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 4068 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 4069 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 4070 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 4071 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 4072 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 4073 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 4074 flag: 4075 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 4076 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 4077 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 4078 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 4079 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 4080 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 4081 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 4082 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 4083 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 4084 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 4085 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 4086 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 4087 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 4088 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 4089 version. 4090 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 4091 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 4092 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 4093 if referencing a named ruleset. 4094 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 4095 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 4096 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 4097 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 4098 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 4099 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 4100 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 4101 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 4102 the University of Maryland. 4103 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 4104 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 4105 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 4106 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 4107 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 4108 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 4109 COMMANDS). 4110 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 4111 but for outgoing connections. 4112 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 4113 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 4114 a require authentication 4115 b bind to interface through which mail has 4116 been received 4117 c perform hostname canonification 4118 f require fully qualified hostname 4119 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 4120 command 4121 C don't perform hostname canonification 4122 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 4123 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 4124 h use name of interface for HELO command 4125 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 4126 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 4127 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 4128 Institutes of Health. 4129 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 4130 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 4131 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 4132 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 4133 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 4134 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 4135 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 4136 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 4137 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 4138 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 4139 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 4140 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 4141 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 4142 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 4143 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 4144 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 4145 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 4146 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 4147 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 4148 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 4149 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 4150 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 4151 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 4152 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 4153 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 4154 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 4155 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 4156 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 4157 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 4158 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 4159 timeout. 4160 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 4161 interface address structure when loading the system network 4162 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 4163 Nanoteq. 4164 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 4165 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 4166 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 4167 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 4168 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 4169 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 4170 on load average. 4171 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 4172 Northern Illinois University. 4173 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 4174 envelope splitting has occurred. 4175 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 4176 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 4177 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 4178 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 4179 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 4180 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4181 Institute. 4182 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 4183 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 4184 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 4185 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 4186 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 4187 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 4188 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4189 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 4190 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4191 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 4192 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4193 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 4194 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 4195 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 4196 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4197 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 4198 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 4199 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 4200 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4201 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 4202 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 4203 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 4204 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4205 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 4206 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 4207 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4208 University. 4209 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 4210 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 4211 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 4212 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 4213 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 4214 ruleset lines as well. 4215 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 4216 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 4217 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 4218 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4219 Institute. 4220 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 4221 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 4222 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 4223 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 4224 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 4225 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 4226 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 4227 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 4228 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 4229 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 4230 of Ericsson. 4231 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 4232 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 4233 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 4234 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4235 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 4236 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 4237 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 4238 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 4239 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 4240 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 4241 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 4242 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 4243 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 4244 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 4245 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 4246 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4247 University. 4248 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 4249 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 4250 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 4251 'sendmail -bs'. 4252 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 4253 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 4254 them in the .cf file. 4255 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 4256 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 4257 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 4258 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 4259 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 4260 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 4261 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 4262 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 4263 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 4264 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 4265 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 4266 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 4267 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 4268 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 4269 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 4270 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 4271 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 4272 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 4273 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 4274 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 4275 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 4276 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 4277 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 4278 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 4279 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 4280 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 4281 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4282 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 4283 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 4284 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 4285 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 4286 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 4287 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 4288 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 4289 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 4290 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 4291 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4292 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 4293 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 4294 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 4295 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 4296 don't fail on ANY queries. 4297 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 4298 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 4299 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 4300 Northern Illinois University. 4301 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 4302 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 4303 State University. 4304 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 4305 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 4306 Northern Illinois University. 4307 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 4308 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 4309 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 4310 Portability: 4311 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 4312 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 4313 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 4314 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 4315 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4316 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 4317 This allows network interface probing to work 4318 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 4319 University of Iowa. 4320 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 4321 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 4322 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 4323 name. 4324 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 4325 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 4326 Virginia Tech. 4327 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 4328 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 4329 Amsterdam. 4330 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 4331 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 4332 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 4333 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 4334 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 4335 in building the operating system. Users can 4336 override the defaults by setting confCC and 4337 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 4338 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 4339 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 4340 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 4341 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 4342 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 4343 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 4344 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 4345 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 4346 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 4347 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 4348 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 4349 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4350 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 4351 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 4352 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 4353 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 4354 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 4355 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 4356 use that value in conf.h. 4357 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 4358 BITart Consulting. 4359 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 4360 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 4361 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 4362 Computer, Inc. 4363 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 4364 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 4365 of E I A. 4366 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 4367 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 4368 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 4369 fchown(2). 4370 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 4371 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 4372 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 4373 srandomdev(3). 4374 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 4375 setlogin(2). 4376 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 4377 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 4378 Siemens Business Services. 4379 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 4380 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 4381 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 4382 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 4383 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 4384 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 4385 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 4386 Aerospace. 4387 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 4388 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 4389 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 4390 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 4391 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 4392 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 4393 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 4394 University. 4395 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 4396 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 4397 Technology Information Network. 4398 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 4399 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 4400 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 4401 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 4402 and OpenBSD. 4403 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 4404 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 4405 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 4406 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4407 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 4408 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 4409 details. 4410 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 4411 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 4412 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 4413 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 4414 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 4415 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 4416 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This 4417 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 4418 Courtesan Consulting. 4419 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 4420 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 4421 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 4422 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 4423 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 4424 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 4425 multiple times. 4426 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 4427 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 4428 with From:). 4429 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 4430 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 4431 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 4432 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 4433 new functionality. 4434 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 4435 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 4436 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 4437 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 4438 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 4439 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 4440 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 4441 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 4442 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 4443 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 4444 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 4445 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 4446 confPID_FILE PidFile 4447 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 4448 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 4449 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 4450 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 4451 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 4452 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 4453 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 4454 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 4455 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 4456 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 4457 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 4458 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 4459 which takes the options as argument and can be used 4460 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 4461 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 4462 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 4463 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 4464 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 4465 to "IPC $h". 4466 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 4467 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 4468 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 4469 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 4470 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 4471 value should be changed with care. 4472 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 4473 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 4474 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 4475 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 4476 complain. 4477 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 4478 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 4479 of Q7 Enterprises. 4480 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 4481 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 4482 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 4483 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 4484 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 4485 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 4486 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 4487 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 4488 of Northern Illinois University. 4489 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 4490 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 4491 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 4492 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 4493 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 4494 in it. 4495 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 4496 in class 'P' ($=P). 4497 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 4498 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 4499 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 4500 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 4501 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 4502 is added. 4503 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 4504 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 4505 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 4506 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 4507 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 4508 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 4509 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 4510 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 4511 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 4512 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 4513 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 4514 Hubert of University of Washington. 4515 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 4516 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 4517 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 4518 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 4519 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 4520 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 4521 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 4522 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 4523 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 4524 Services. 4525 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 4526 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 4527 Aerospace. 4528 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 4529 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 4530 University and Brian Candler. 4531 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 4532 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4533 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 4534 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4535 Institute. 4536 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 4537 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 4538 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 4539 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 4540 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 4541 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 4542 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 4543 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 4544 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 4545 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4546 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 4547 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 4548 Willamette Industries, Inc. 4549 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 4550 converted to <user@d> 4551 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 4552 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 4553 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 4554 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 4555 performed. 4556 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 4557 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 4558 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4559 Institute. 4560 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 4561 be accessed by their numbers). 4562 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 4563 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 4564 of an address. 4565 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 4566 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 4567 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 4568 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 4569 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 4570 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 4571 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 4572 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 4573 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 4574 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 4575 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 4576 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 4577 Institute. 4578 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 4579 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 4580 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 4581 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 4582 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 4583 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 4584 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 4585 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 4586 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 4587 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 4588 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 4589 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4590 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 4591 University of California at Berkeley. 4592 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 4593 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 4594 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 4595 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 4596 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4597 Corporation UK. 4598 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 4599 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 4600 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 4601 Yale University. 4602 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 4603 be used for building. 4604 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 4605 used for a fresh build. 4606 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 4607 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 4608 ranlib. 4609 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 4610 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 4611 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 4612 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 4613 Costales. 4614 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 4615 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 4616 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 4617 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 4618 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 4619 of Siemens Business Services. 4620 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 4621 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 4622 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 4623 torek. 4624 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 4625 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 4626 They should contain the C source files for the object files 4627 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 4628 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 4629 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 4630 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 4631 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 4632 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 4633 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 4634 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 4635 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 4636 are in devtools/README. 4637 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 4638 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 4639 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 4640 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 4641 new variable which identifies the root of the source 4642 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 4643 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 4644 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 4645 macro. 4646 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 4647 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 4648 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 4649 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 4650 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 4651 Corporation. 4652 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 4653 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 4654 confMANROOTMAN. 4655 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 4656 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 4657 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 4658 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 4659 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 4660 Communications. 4661 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 4662 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 4663 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 4664 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 4665 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 4666 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 4667 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 4668 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 4669 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 4670 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 4671 install-strip target. 4672 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 4673 the others (if it exists). 4674 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 4675 then the default ones. 4676 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local 4677 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 4678 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 4679 to set the S flag. 4680 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 4681 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 4682 Northern Illinois University. 4683 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 4684 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 4685 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4686 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 4687 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 4688 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4689 University. 4690 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 4691 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 4692 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4693 University. 4694 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 4695 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 4696 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 4697 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 4698 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 4699 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 4700 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4701 University. 4702 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 4703 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 4704 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4705 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 4706 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 4707 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 4708 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 4709 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 4710 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 4711 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 4712 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 4713 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 4714 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 4715 Alcatel Australia Limited. 4716 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 4717 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 4718 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4719 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 4720 timeout to avoid starvation. 4721 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 4722 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 4723 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 4724 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4725 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 4726 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 4727 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 4728 of Maryland. 4729 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 4730 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 4731 sendmail configuration file. 4732 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 4733 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 4734 option. 4735 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 4736 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4737 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 4738 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 4739 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 4740 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 4741 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 4742 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 4743 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4744 Corporation UK. 4745 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 4746 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 4747 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 4748 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 4749 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 4750 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 4751 Institute for Global Communications. 4752 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 4753 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 4754 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4755 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 4756 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 4757 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4758 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 4759 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 4760 of the Institute for Global Communications. 4761 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 4762 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 4763 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 4764 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 4765 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 4766 Changed Files: 4767 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 4768 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 4769 which execute the actual Build script in 4770 devtools/bin. 4771 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 4772 -mandoc as they were previously. 4773 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 4774 of Build will work (unless parameters are 4775 required for Build). 4776 New Directories: 4777 devtools/M4/UNIX 4778 include 4779 libmilter 4780 libsmdb 4781 libsmutil 4782 vacation 4783 Renamed Directories: 4784 BuildTools => devtools 4785 src => sendmail 4786 Deleted Files: 4787 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 4788 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 4789 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 4790 devtools/OS/SINIX 4791 sendmail/ldap_map.h 4792 New Files: 4793 INSTALL 4794 PGPKEYS 4795 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 4796 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 4797 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 4798 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 4799 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 4800 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 4801 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 4802 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 4803 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 4804 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 4805 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 4806 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 4807 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 4808 contrib/domainmap.m4 4809 contrib/qtool.8 4810 contrib/qtool.pl 4811 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 4812 devtools/M4/list.m4 4813 devtools/M4/string.m4 4814 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 4815 devtools/M4/switch.m4 4816 devtools/OS/Darwin 4817 devtools/OS/GNU 4818 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 4819 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 4820 devtools/OS/m88k 4821 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 4822 mail.local/Makefile 4823 mailstats/Makefile 4824 makemap/Makefile 4825 praliases/Makefile 4826 rmail/Makefile 4827 sendmail/Makefile 4828 sendmail/bf.h 4829 sendmail/bf_portable.c 4830 sendmail/bf_portable.h 4831 sendmail/bf_torek.c 4832 sendmail/bf_torek.h 4833 sendmail/shmticklib.c 4834 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 4835 sendmail/timers.c 4836 sendmail/timers.h 4837 smrsh/Makefile 4838 vacation/Makefile 4839 Renamed Files: 4840 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 4841 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 4842 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 4843 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 4844 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 4845 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 4846 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 4847 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 4848 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 4849 Copied Files: 4850 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 4851 48528.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 4853 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 4854 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 4855 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 4856 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 4857 Schools" project (IdS). 4858 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 4859 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 4860 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 4861 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4862 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 4863 when performing the MIME header length check. This 4864 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 4865 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 4866 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 4867 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 4868 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 4869 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4870 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 4871 ExecPC Internet Systems. 4872 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 4873 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 4874 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 4875 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 4876 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 4877 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 4878 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 4879 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 4880 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 4881 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4882 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 4883 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 4884 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 4885 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 4886 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 4887 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 4888 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 4889 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 4890 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 4891 group of the IETF. 4892 Portability: 4893 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 4894 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 4895 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 4896 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 4897 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 4898 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 4899 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 4900 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 4901 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 4902 Technical University of Denmark. 4903 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 4904 Supercomputer Center. 4905 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 4906 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 4907 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 4908 of Stanford University. 4909 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 4910 between different releases. Back out the 4911 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 4912 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 4913 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 4914 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 4915 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 4916 of Siemens/SNI. 4917 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4918 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 4919 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 4920 University of Brno. 4921 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 4922 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 4923 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4924 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 4925 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 4926 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4927 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 4928 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 4929 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 4930 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 4931 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4932 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 4933 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 4934 MIDS Europe. 4935 New Files: 4936 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 4937 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 4938 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 4939 49408.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 4941 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 4942 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 4943 for a denial of service attack. 4944 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 4945 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4946 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 4947 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4948 Corporation UK. 4949 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 4950 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 4951 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 4952 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 4953 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 4954 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 4955 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 4956 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 4957 Internet Services. 4958 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 4959 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 4960 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 4961 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 4962 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 4963 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 4964 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 4965 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 4966 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4967 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 4968 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 4969 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 4970 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 4971 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 4972 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4973 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 4974 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 4975 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 4976 Internet Services. 4977 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 4978 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 4979 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 4980 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 4981 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 4982 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 4983 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 4984 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 4985 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 4986 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 4987 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 4988 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 4989 extended testing. 4990 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 4991 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 4992 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 4993 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 4994 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 4995 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4996 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 4997 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 4998 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 4999 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 5000 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5001 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 5002 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 5003 Network. 5004 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 5005 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 5006 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 5007 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 5008 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 5009 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 5010 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5011 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 5012 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 5013 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 5014 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 5015 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 5016 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 5017 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 5018 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 5019 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 5020 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5021 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 5022 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5023 Meteorological Institute. 5024 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 5025 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 5026 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 5027 Portability: 5028 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 5029 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 5030 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 5031 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 5032 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 5033 reading network interface addresses into 5034 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 5035 Cal State University, Chico. 5036 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 5037 from changing the semantics of the compiled 5038 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 5039 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 5040 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 5041 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5042 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5043 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 5044 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 5045 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 5046 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 5047 of Sun Microsystems. 5048 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 5049 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5050 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 5051 of Bits Co., Ltd. 5052 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 5053 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 5054 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 5055 of E I A. 5056 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 5057 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 5058 Information Center. 5059 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 5060 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 5061 Institute. 5062 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 5063 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 5064 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 5065 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 5066 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5067 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 5068 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 5069 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 5070 Manawatu Internet Services. 5071 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 5072 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 5073 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 5074 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 5075 of Northern Illinois University. 5076 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 5077 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 5078 Kiel. 5079 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 5080 Dot Com. 5081 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 5082 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 5083 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5084 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 5085 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 5086 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 5087 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 5088 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 5089 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5090 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 5091 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 5092 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 5093 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5094 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 5095 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5096 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 5097 the envelope From header. 5098 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 5099 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 5100 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 5101 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 5102 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 5103 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 5104 Portal Services, Inc. 5105 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 5106 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 5107 Sun Microsystems. 5108 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 5109 New Files: 5110 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 5111 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 5112 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 5113 contrib/smcontrol.pl 5114 src/control.c 5115 51168.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 5117 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 5118 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 5119 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 5120 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 5121 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 5122 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 5123 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5124 Meteorological Institute. 5125 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 5126 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 5127 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5128 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 5129 installation commands. The man pages would still be 5130 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 5131 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5132 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 5133 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5134 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 5135 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 5136 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 5137 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 5138 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 5139 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 5140 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 5141 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 5142 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 5143 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 5144 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 5145 Flextech TV. 5146 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 5147 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 5148 DaveLtd Enterprises. 5149 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 5150 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 5151 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 5152 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 5153 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 5154 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 5155 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 5156 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 5157 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 5158 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 5159 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 5160 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 5161 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 5162 University. 5163 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 5164 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 5165 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 5166 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 5167 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 5168 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 5169 Portability: 5170 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 5171 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 5172 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 5173 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 5174 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 5175 of BSDI. 5176 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 5177 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 5178 PICT Inc. 5179 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 5180 J. P. McCann of E I A. 5181 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 5182 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 5183 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 5184 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 5185 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 5186 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5187 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 5188 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 5189 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 5190 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 5191 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 5192 would not accept @@hostname. 5193 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 5194 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 5195 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 5196 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 5197 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5198 New Files: 5199 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 5200 52018.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 5202 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 5203 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 5204 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 5205 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 5206 which need the ability to override security can use the 5207 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 5208 information. 5209 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 5210 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 5211 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 5212 world writable directories. 5213 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 5214 it is in a world writable directory. 5215 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 5216 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 5217 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 5218 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 5219 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 5220 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 5221 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 5222 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 5223 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 5224 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 5225 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 5226 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 5227 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 5228 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 5229 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 5230 default. 5231 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries 5232 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 5233 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 5234 the University of Maryland. 5235 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 5236 of Cal State University, Chico. 5237 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 5238 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 5239 current version of Berkeley DB. 5240 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 5241 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 5242 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 5243 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 5244 of Maryland. 5245 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 5246 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 5247 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 5248 Microsystems. 5249 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 5250 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 5251 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 5252 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 5253 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 5254 mail.local on the F=z flag. 5255 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 5256 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 5257 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 5258 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 5259 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 5260 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 5261 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 5262 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 5263 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 5264 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 5265 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 5266 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 5267 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5268 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 5269 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 5270 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 5271 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 5272 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 5273 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 5274 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 5275 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 5276 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 5277 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 5278 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 5279 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 5280 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 5281 relaying entirely. 5282 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 5283 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 5284 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 5285 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 5286 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 5287 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 5288 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 5289 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 5290 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 5291 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 5292 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 5293 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 5294 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 5295 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 5296 sender for those failures. 5297 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 5298 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 5299 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 5300 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 5301 of Ericsson. 5302 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 5303 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 5304 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 5305 of Procter & Gamble. 5306 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 5307 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 5308 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 5309 of Procter & Gamble. 5310 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 5311 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 5312 of system security. This should only be used if you are 5313 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 5314 DontBlameSendmail options are: 5315 Safe 5316 AssumeSafeChown 5317 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 5318 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 5319 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 5320 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 5321 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 5322 GroupWritableAliasFile 5323 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 5324 WorldWritableAliasFile 5325 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 5326 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 5327 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 5328 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 5329 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 5330 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 5331 MapInUnsafeDirPath 5332 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 5333 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 5334 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 5335 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 5336 LinkedMapInWritableDir 5337 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 5338 FileDeliveryToHardLink 5339 FileDeliveryToSymLink 5340 WriteMapToHardLink 5341 WriteMapToSymLink 5342 WriteStatsToHardLink 5343 WriteStatsToSymLink 5344 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 5345 RunWritableProgram 5346 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 5347 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 5348 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 5349 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 5350 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 5351 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 5352 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 5353 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 5354 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 5355 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 5356 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 5357 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 5358 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 5359 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 5360 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 5361 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 5362 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 5363 contrast to the success case). 5364 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 5365 of the form: 5366 HHeader: $>Ruleset 5367 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 5368 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 5369 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 5370 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 5371 from hiding their connection information in Received: 5372 headers. 5373 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 5374 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 5375 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 5376 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 5377 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 5378 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 5379 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 5380 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 5381 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 5382 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 5383 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 5384 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 5385 remote identity can be queried. 5386 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 5387 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 5388 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 5389 Hedeland of Ericsson. 5390 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 5391 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 5392 some of the details are determined dynamically via 5393 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 5394 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 5395 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 5396 the new Build method which creates an operating system 5397 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 5398 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 5399 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 5400 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 5401 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 5402 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 5403 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 5404 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 5405 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 5406 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 5407 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 5408 This means that even if only one of the recipients 5409 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 5410 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 5411 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 5412 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 5413 of CNET: The Computer Network. 5414 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 5415 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 5416 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5417 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 5418 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 5419 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 5420 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 5421 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 5422 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 5423 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 5424 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 5425 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 5426 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 5427 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 5428 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 5429 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 5430 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 5431 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 5432 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 5433 Institute. 5434 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 5435 mail.local. 5436 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 5437 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 5438 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 5439 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 5440 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 5441 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5442 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 5443 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 5444 of InfoBeat, Inc. 5445 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 5446 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 5447 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 5448 mailstats command. 5449 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 5450 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 5451 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 5452 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 5453 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 5454 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 5455 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5456 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 5457 Ericsson. 5458 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 5459 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 5460 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 5461 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 5462 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 5463 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 5464 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 5465 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 5466 Stratus Computer, Inc. 5467 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 5468 currently supported version. 5469 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 5470 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 5471 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 5472 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 5473 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 5474 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5475 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 5476 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 5477 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 5478 message in error bounces. 5479 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 5480 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 5481 Digital Equipment Corporation. 5482 Portability: 5483 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 5484 of Kyoto University. 5485 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 5486 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 5487 Maryland. 5488 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 5489 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 5490 in Finland. 5491 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 5492 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 5493 the University of Maryland. 5494 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 5495 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 5496 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5497 Meteorological Institute. 5498 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 5499 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 5500 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 5501 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 5502 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 5503 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 5504 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 5505 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 5506 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 5507 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 5508 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 5509 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5510 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 5511 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 5512 Microsystems. 5513 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 5514 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 5515 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 5516 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 5517 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 5518 directory for certain programs. 5519 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 5520 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 5521 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 5522 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 5523 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 5524 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 5525 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 5526 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 5527 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 5528 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 5529 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 5530 the user to setup different .forward files for 5531 user+detail addressing. 5532 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 5533 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 5534 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 5535 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 5536 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 5537 outside your domain). 5538 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 5539 any site to any site. 5540 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 5541 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 5542 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 5543 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 5544 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 5545 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow 5546 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 5547 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 5548 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 5549 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 5550 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 5551 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 5552 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 5553 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 5554 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 5555 host names only. 5556 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 5557 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 5558 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 5559 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 5560 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 5561 needed for most installations. 5562 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 5563 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 5564 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 5565 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 5566 the University of Maryland. 5567 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 5568 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 5569 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 5570 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 5571 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 5572 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 5573 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 5574 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 5575 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 5576 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 5577 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 5578 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 5579 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 5580 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 5581 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 5582 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 5583 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 5584 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 5585 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 5586 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 5587 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 5588 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 5589 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 5590 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 5591 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 5592 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 5593 above for more information. 5594 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 5595 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5596 Meteorological Institute. 5597 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 5598 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 5599 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 5600 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 5601 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5602 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 5603 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 5604 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 5605 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 5606 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 5607 MustQuoteChars respectively. 5608 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 5609 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 5610 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 5611 CMU (now of Netscape). 5612 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 5613 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 5614 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 5615 read mail.local/README. 5616 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 5617 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 5618 University of Maryland. 5619 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 5620 University, Chico. 5621 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5622 Meteorological Institute. 5623 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 5624 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 5625 University of Maryland. 5626 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 5627 such as linked files in world writable directories. 5628 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 5629 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 5630 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 5631 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 5632 Braunschweig. 5633 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 5634 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 5635 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5636 Changed Files: 5637 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 5638 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 5639 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 5640 New Files: 5641 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 5642 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 5643 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 5644 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 5645 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 5646 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 5647 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 5648 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 5649 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 5650 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 5651 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 5652 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 5653 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 5654 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 5655 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 5656 BuildTools/OS/QNX 5657 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 5658 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 5659 BuildTools/README 5660 BuildTools/Site/README 5661 BuildTools/bin/Build 5662 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 5663 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 5664 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 5665 Makefile 5666 cf/cf/Build 5667 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 5668 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 5669 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 5670 cf/feature/access_db.m4 5671 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 5672 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 5673 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 5674 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 5675 cf/feature/rbl.m4 5676 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 5677 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 5678 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 5679 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 5680 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 5681 contrib/doublebounce.pl 5682 mail.local/Build 5683 mail.local/Makefile.m4 5684 mail.local/README 5685 mailstats/Build 5686 mailstats/Makefile.m4 5687 makemap/Build 5688 makemap/Makefile.m4 5689 praliases/Build 5690 praliases/Makefile.m4 5691 rmail/Build 5692 rmail/Makefile.m4 5693 rmail/rmail.0 5694 smrsh/Build 5695 smrsh/Makefile.m4 5696 src/Build 5697 src/Makefile.m4 5698 src/snprintf.c 5699 Deleted Files: 5700 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 5701 mail.local/Makefile 5702 mail.local/Makefile.dist 5703 mailstats/Makefile 5704 mailstats/Makefile.dist 5705 makemap/Makefile 5706 makemap/Makefile.dist 5707 praliases/Makefile 5708 praliases/Makefile.dist 5709 rmail/Makefile 5710 smrsh/Makefile 5711 smrsh/Makefile.dist 5712 src/Makefile 5713 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 5714 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 5715 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 5716 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 5717 Renamed Files: 5718 READ_ME => README 5719 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 5720 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 5721 src/READ_ME => src/README 5722 57238.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 5724 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 5725 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5726 Meteorological Institute. 5727 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 5728 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 5729 Arseneault of SRI International. 5730 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 5731 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 5732 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5733 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 5734 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 5735 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 5736 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 5737 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 5738 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5739 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 5740 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 5741 River Systems. 5742 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 5743 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 5744 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 5745 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 5746 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5747 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 5748 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 5749 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 5750 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 5751 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 5752 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 5753 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 5754 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 5755 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5756 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 5757 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 5758 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5759 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 5760 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 5761 results during a single message processing (but would 5762 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 5763 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 5764 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 5765 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5766 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5767 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 5768 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 5769 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5770 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5771 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 5772 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 5773 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 5774 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 5775 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 5776 and the inability to save a bounce message to 5777 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 5778 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 5779 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 5780 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 5781 Associates. 5782 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 5783 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 5784 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 5785 could cause confusing error messages. 5786 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 5787 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 5788 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 5789 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 5790 SuperNet, Inc. 5791 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 5792 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5793 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 5794 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5795 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5796 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 5797 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 5798 dropped. 5799 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 5800 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 5801 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5802 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 5803 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 5804 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 5805 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 5806 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5807 Institute. 5808 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 5809 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 5810 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 5811 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 5812 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 5813 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 5814 RUS University of Stuttgart. 5815 Minor lint fixes. 5816 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 5817 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 5818 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 5819 of Stanford University. 5820 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 5821 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 5822 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 5823 Portability: 5824 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 5825 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 5826 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 5827 Electronic Data Systems. 5828 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 5829 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 5830 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 5831 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 5832 loader environment variables into the loader memory 5833 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 5834 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 5835 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 5836 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 5837 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 5838 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 5839 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 5840 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 5841 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 5842 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 5843 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 5844 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 5845 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5846 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 5847 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 5848 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 5849 Services. 5850 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 5851 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 5852 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 5853 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 5854 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 5855 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 5856 Services VAS. 5857 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 5858 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 5859 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 5860 Ericsson. 5861 58628.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 5863 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 5864 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 5865 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 5866 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 5867 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 5868 GmbH. 5869 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 5870 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 5871 of Technology, Stockholm. 5872 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 5873 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 5874 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 5875 that these routines are included as though they were in the 5876 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 5877 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 5878 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 5879 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 5880 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 5881 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 5882 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 5883 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 5884 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 5885 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 5886 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 5887 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 5888 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 5889 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 5890 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 5891 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 5892 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 5893 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 5894 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 5895 have to assume that the information is good. 5896 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 5897 open or locked. 5898 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 5899 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 5900 errors during testing. 5901 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 5902 printed in the error message. 5903 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 5904 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 5905 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 5906 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 5907 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 5908 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 5909 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 5910 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 5911 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 5912 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 5913 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 5914 runner runs during a critical section in another message 5915 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 5916 Results Computing. 5917 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 5918 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 5919 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 5920 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 5921 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 5922 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 5923 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 5924 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 5925 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 5926 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 5927 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 5928 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 5929 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 5930 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 5931 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 5932 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 5933 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 5934 simultaneously. 5935 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 5936 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 5937 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 5938 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 5939 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5940 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 5941 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 5942 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 5943 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5944 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 5945 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 5946 CSU Chico. 5947 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 5948 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 5949 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 5950 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 5951 Portability: 5952 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 5953 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 5954 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 5955 be used instead. 5956 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 5957 of Argonne National Laboratory. 5958 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 5959 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 5960 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 5961 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 5962 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 5963 in Makefiles. 5964 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 5965 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 5966 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 5967 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 5968 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 5969 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 5970 NCR Corp. 5971 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 5972 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 5973 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 5974 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 5975 Resource Network 5976 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 5977 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 5978 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 5979 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 5980 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 5981 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 5982 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 5983 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 5984 Corp. 5985 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 5986 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 5987 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 5988 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 5989 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 5990 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 5991 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 5992 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 5993 PlainTalk. 5994 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 5995 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 5996 by Harry Styron. 5997 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 5998 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 5999 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 6000 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 6001 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 6002 changed after open". 6003 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 6004 files. 6005 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 6006 NEW FILES: 6007 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 6008 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 6009 test/t_exclopen.c 6010 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 6011 DELETED FILES: 6012 Makefile 6013 60148.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 6015 ************************************************************* 6016 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 6017 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 6018 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 6019 * continued sendmail development. * 6020 ************************************************************* 6021 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 6022 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 6023 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 6024 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 6025 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 6026 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 6027 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 6028 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 6029 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 6030 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 6031 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 6032 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 6033 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 6034 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 6035 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 6036 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 6037 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 6038 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 6039 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 6040 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 6041 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 6042 another database; this can be used either to expose 6043 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 6044 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 6045 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 6046 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 6047 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 6048 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 6049 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 6050 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 6051 system directories. 6052 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 6053 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 6054 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 6055 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 6056 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 6057 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 6058 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 6059 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 6060 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 6061 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 6062 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 6063 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 6064 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 6065 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 6066 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 6067 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 6068 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 6069 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 6070 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 6071 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 6072 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 6073 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 6074 NFS-mounted filesystems. 6075 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 6076 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 6077 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 6078 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 6079 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 6080 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 6081 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 6082 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 6083 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 6084 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 6085 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 6086 same host). 6087 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 6088 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 6089 from Theo de Raadt. 6090 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 6091 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 6092 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6093 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 6094 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 6095 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 6096 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 6097 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 6098 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6099 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 6100 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 6101 Microsystems. 6102 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 6103 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 6104 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6105 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 6106 too large) don't send the bogus message. 6107 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 6108 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 6109 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6110 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 6111 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 6112 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 6113 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 6114 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 6115 Shapiro. 6116 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 6117 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 6118 Sun Microsystems. 6119 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 6120 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 6121 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 6122 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 6123 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 6124 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 6125 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 6126 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 6127 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 6128 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 6129 Mercury Mail. 6130 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 6131 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 6132 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 6133 Morgan Stanley. 6134 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 6135 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 6136 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 6137 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 6138 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 6139 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 6140 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 6141 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 6142 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 6143 not be run. 6144 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 6145 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 6146 printing. 6147 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 6148 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 6149 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6150 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 6151 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 6152 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 6153 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 6154 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 6155 erroneous results during a single message processing 6156 (but would recover when the next message was received). 6157 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 6158 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 6159 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 6160 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 6161 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 6162 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 6163 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 6164 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 6165 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 6166 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 6167 address as "may be forged". 6168 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 6169 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 6170 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 6171 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 6172 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 6173 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 6174 of TwinCom. 6175 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 6176 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 6177 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 6178 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 6179 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 6180 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 6181 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 6182 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 6183 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 6184 Institute. 6185 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 6186 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 6187 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 6188 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 6189 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 6190 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 6191 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 6192 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 6193 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 6194 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 6195 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 6196 book (2nd edition). 6197 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 6198 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 6199 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 6200 John Beck of SunSoft. 6201 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 6202 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 6203 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 6204 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 6205 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 6206 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 6207 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 6208 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 6209 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 6210 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 6211 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 6212 returns. 6213 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 6214 on some architectures. 6215 Portability: 6216 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 6217 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 6218 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 6219 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 6220 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 6221 of Washington. 6222 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 6223 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 6224 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 6225 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 6226 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 6227 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 6228 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 6229 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 6230 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 6231 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6232 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 6233 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 6234 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 6235 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 6236 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 6237 Cambridge. 6238 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 6239 Kari Hurtta. 6240 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 6241 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 6242 IRIX Makefile). 6243 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 6244 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 6245 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 6246 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 6247 Brian Candler. 6248 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 6249 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 6250 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6251 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 6252 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 6253 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6254 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 6255 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 6256 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 6257 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 6258 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 6259 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6260 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 6261 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 6262 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 6263 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 6264 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 6265 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 6266 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 6267 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6268 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 6269 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 6270 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 6271 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 6272 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 6273 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 6274 was specified, even when it wasn't. 6275 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 6276 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 6277 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 6278 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 6279 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 6280 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 6281 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 6282 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 6283 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 6284 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 6285 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 6286 developers). 6287 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 6288 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 6289 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6290 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 6291 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is 6292 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 6293 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 6294 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 6295 NEXTSTEP. 6296 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 6297 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 6298 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 6299 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 6300 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 6301 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 6302 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 6303 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 6304 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 6305 for system accounts. 6306 NEW FILES: 6307 src/safefile.c 6308 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 6309 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 6310 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 6311 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 6312 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 6313 RENAMED FILES: 6314 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 6315 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 6316 63178.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 6318 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 6319 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 6320 even if RunAsUser is specified. 6321 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 6322 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 6323 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 6324 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 6325 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 6326 University of Pennsylvania. 6327 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 6328 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 6329 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 6330 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 6331 was unnecessarily awful. 6332 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 6333 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 6334 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 6335 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 6336 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 6337 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 6338 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 6339 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 6340 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 6341 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 6342 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6343 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 6344 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 6345 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 6346 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 6347 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 6348 Semiconductor Corp. 6349 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 6350 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 6351 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 6352 at Austin. 6353 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 6354 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 6355 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 6356 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 6357 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 6358 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 6359 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 6360 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 6361 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 6362 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 6363 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 6364 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 6365 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 6366 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 6367 Costales. 6368 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 6369 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 6370 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 6371 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 6372 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 6373 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 6374 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 6375 The current values and defaults are: 6376 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 6377 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 6378 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 6379 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 6380 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 6381 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 6382 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 6383 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 6384 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 6385 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6386 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 6387 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 6388 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 6389 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 6390 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 6391 Eric Hagberg. 6392 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 6393 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 6394 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 6395 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 6396 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 6397 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 6398 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 6399 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6400 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 6401 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 6402 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 6403 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 6404 Communications. 6405 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 6406 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 6407 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 6408 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6409 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 6410 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 6411 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 6412 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 6413 PORTABILITY: 6414 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 6415 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 6416 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 6417 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 6418 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 6419 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 6420 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 6421 (Moscow). 6422 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 6423 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 6424 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 6425 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 6426 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 6427 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 6428 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 6429 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 6430 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 6431 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 6432 Received: line. 6433 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 6434 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 6435 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 6436 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 6437 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 6438 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 6439 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 6440 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 6441 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 6442 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 6443 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 6444 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 6445 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 6446 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 6447 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 6448 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 6449 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 6450 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 6451 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 6452 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 6453 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6454 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 6455 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 6456 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 6457 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 6458 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 6459 Long Beach. 6460 64618.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 6462 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 6463 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 6464 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 6465 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 6466 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 6467 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 6468 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 6469 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 6470 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 6471 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 6472 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 6473 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 6474 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 6475 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 6476 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 6477 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 6478 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 6479 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 6480 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6481 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 6482 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 6483 Problem noted by several people. 6484 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 6485 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 6486 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 6487 by several people. 6488 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 6489 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 6490 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 6491 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 6492 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 6493 of Best Internet Communications. 6494 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 6495 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 6496 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 6497 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 6498 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 6499 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 6500 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 6501 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 6502 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 6503 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 6504 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 6505 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 6506 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6507 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 6508 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 6509 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 6510 by Roy Mongiovi. 6511 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 6512 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6513 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 6514 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 6515 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 6516 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 6517 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 6518 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 6519 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 6520 of Kyoto University. 6521 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 6522 conditions from Don Lewis. 6523 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 6524 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 6525 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 6526 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 6527 patch from Bryan Costales. 6528 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6529 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 6530 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 6531 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 6532 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 6533 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 6534 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 6535 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 6536 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 6537 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 6538 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 6539 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 6540 of Tokyo. 6541 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 6542 Services, Inc. 6543 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 6544 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 6545 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 6546 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 6547 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 6548 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 6549 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 6550 than one long one. By popular demand. 6551 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 6552 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 6553 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 6554 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 6555 of NTT Software Corporation. 6556 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 6557 NEW FILES: 6558 contrib/etrn.pl 6559 65608.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 6561 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 6562 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 6563 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 6564 best-of-security list. 6565 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 6566 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 6567 should make it clearer to people that they are running 6568 the wrong binary. 6569 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 6570 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 6571 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 6572 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 6573 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 6574 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 6575 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 6576 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 6577 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6578 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 6579 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 6580 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 6581 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 6582 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 6583 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 6584 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 6585 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 6586 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 6587 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 6588 Eric Wassenaar. 6589 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 6590 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 6591 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 6592 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 6593 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 6594 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 6595 UUNET. 6596 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 6597 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 6598 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 6599 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 6600 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 6601 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 6602 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 6603 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 6604 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 6605 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 6606 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6607 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 6608 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 6609 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 6610 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 6611 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 6612 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 6613 University of Linkoping. 6614 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 6615 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 6616 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 6617 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 6618 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 6619 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 6620 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 6621 other end. 6622 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 6623 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 6624 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 6625 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 6626 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 6627 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 6628 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6629 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6630 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 6631 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 6632 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 6633 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 6634 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 6635 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 6636 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 6637 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 6638 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 6639 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 6640 The outline of the implementation was contributed 6641 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 6642 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 6643 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 6644 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 6645 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 6646 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 6647 Earickson of Colby College. 6648 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 6649 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 6650 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 6651 Kari Hurtta. 6652 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 6653 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 6654 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 6655 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 6656 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 6657 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 6658 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6659 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 6660 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 6661 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 6662 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 6663 University of Washington, Seattle. 6664 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 6665 Polytechnic Institute. 6666 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 6667 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 6668 NEW FILES: 6669 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 6670 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 6671 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 6672 66738.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 6674 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 6675 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 6676 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6677 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 6678 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 6679 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 6680 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 6681 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 6682 CONFIG: no changes. 6683 66848.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 6685 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 6686 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 6687 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 6688 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 6689 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 6690 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 6691 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 6692 of WPI. 6693 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 6694 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 6695 Kyoto University. 6696 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 6697 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 6698 on illegal host names. 6699 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 6700 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 6701 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 6702 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 6703 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 6704 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 6705 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 6706 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 6707 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6708 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 6709 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 6710 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 6711 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 6712 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 6713 University of Leicester. 6714 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 6715 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 6716 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 6717 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 6718 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 6719 University of Washington. 6720 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6721 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 6722 people pointed this out. 6723 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 6724 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 6725 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 6726 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 6727 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 6728 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 6729 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 6730 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 6731 Softec. 6732 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 6733 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 6734 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 6735 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 6736 67378.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 6738 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 6739 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 6740 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 6741 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 6742 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 6743 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 6744 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 6745 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 6746 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 6747 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 6748 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 6749 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 6750 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 6751 NSC (Japan). 6752 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 6753 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 6754 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6755 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 6756 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 6757 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 6758 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 6759 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 6760 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 6761 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 6762 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 6763 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 6764 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 6765 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 6766 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 6767 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 6768 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 6769 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 6770 printout. 6771 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 6772 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 6773 square braces. 6774 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 6775 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 6776 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 6777 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 6778 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 6779 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 6780 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 6781 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 6782 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 6783 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 6784 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 6785 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 6786 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 6787 Dandelion Digital. 6788 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 6789 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 6790 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 6791 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 6792 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 6793 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 6794 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 6795 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 6796 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 6797 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 6798 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 6799 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 6800 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 6801 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 6802 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 6803 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 6804 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 6805 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 6806 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 6807 mailers. 6808 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 6809 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 6810 Myers of CMU. 6811 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 6812 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 6813 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 6814 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 6815 there should be no security implications. Implementation 6816 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 6817 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 6818 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 6819 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 6820 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 6821 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 6822 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 6823 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 6824 parameter. 6825 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 6826 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 6827 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 6828 University of Maryland. 6829 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 6830 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 6831 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 6832 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 6833 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 6834 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 6835 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 6836 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 6837 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 6838 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 6839 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 6840 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 6841 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 6842 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 6843 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 6844 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 6845 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 6846 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 6847 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 6848 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 6849 section 5.2.5. 6850 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 6851 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 6852 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 6853 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 6854 is for incoming connections only. 6855 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 6856 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 6857 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 6858 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 6859 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 6860 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 6861 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 6862 (e.g., due to connection caching). 6863 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 6864 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 6865 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 6866 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 6867 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 6868 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 6869 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 6870 that take a very long time to run. 6871 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 6872 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 6873 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 6874 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 6875 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 6876 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6877 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 6878 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 6879 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6880 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 6881 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 6882 Costales. 6883 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 6884 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 6885 Technologies, Inc. 6886 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 6887 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 6888 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 6889 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 6890 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 6891 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 6892 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 6893 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 6894 different for this case. 6895 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 6896 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 6897 of Stanford University. 6898 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 6899 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 6900 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 6901 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6902 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 6903 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 6904 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 6905 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 6906 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 6907 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6908 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 6909 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 6910 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 6911 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 6912 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 6913 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 6914 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 6915 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 6916 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 6917 Pasteur Institute. 6918 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 6919 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 6920 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 6921 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 6922 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 6923 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 6924 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 6925 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 6926 canonification. 6927 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 6928 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 6929 mailers. 6930 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 6931 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 6932 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 6933 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 6934 either of these in their configuration file. 6935 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 6936 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 6937 St. Peter's College. 6938 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 6939 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 6940 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 6941 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 6942 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 6943 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6944 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 6945 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 6946 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 6947 Costales. 6948 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 6949 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 6950 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 6951 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 6952 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 6953 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 6954 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 6955 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 6956 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 6957 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 6958 in rulesets. 6959 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 6960 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 6961 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 6962 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 6963 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 6964 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 6965 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 6966 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 6967 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 6968 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 6969 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 6970 on that basis. 6971 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 6972 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 6973 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 6974 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 6975 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 6976 Vixie. 6977 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 6978 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 6979 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 6980 See also the src/READ_ME file. 6981 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 6982 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 6983 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 6984 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 6985 two characters $, +. 6986 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 6987 debug_dumpstate. 6988 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 6989 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 6990 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 6991 valid recipients. 6992 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 6993 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 6994 noted by Tom May. 6995 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 6996 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 6997 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 6998 Beck of InReference, Inc. 6999 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 7000 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 7001 Computing Corporation. 7002 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 7003 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 7004 Internet Communications. 7005 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 7006 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 7007 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 7008 of Lysator. 7009 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 7010 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 7011 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 7012 of the University of Iceland. 7013 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 7014 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 7015 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 7016 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 7017 this change is a no-op. 7018 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 7019 Costales. 7020 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 7021 Bryan Costales. 7022 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 7023 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 7024 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 7025 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7026 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 7027 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7028 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 7029 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 7030 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 7031 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7032 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 7033 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 7034 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 7035 Jones of UUNET. 7036 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 7037 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 7038 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 7039 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 7040 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 7041 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 7042 easily determine what messages are to their role as 7043 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 7044 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 7045 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 7046 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 7047 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 7048 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 7049 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 7050 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 7051 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 7052 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 7053 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 7054 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 7055 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 7056 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 7057 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 7058 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 7059 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 7060 of Stanford University. 7061 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 7062 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 7063 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 7064 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 7065 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 7066 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 7067 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 7068 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 7069 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 7070 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 7071 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 7072 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 7073 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 7074 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 7075 Motonori Nakamura. 7076 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 7077 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of 7078 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch 7079 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 7080 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 7081 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 7082 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 7083 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 7084 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 7085 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 7086 value is ".hoststat". 7087 There are also two new operation modes: 7088 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 7089 connections. 7090 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 7091 recent status information. 7092 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 7093 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 7094 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 7095 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 7096 framework is gratefully appreciated. 7097 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 7098 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 7099 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 7100 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 7101 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 7102 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 7103 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 7104 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 7105 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 7106 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 7107 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 7108 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 7109 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 7110 Costales. 7111 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 7112 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 7113 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 7114 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 7115 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 7116 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 7117 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 7118 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 7119 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 7120 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 7121 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 7122 Webmasters. 7123 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 7124 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 7125 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 7126 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 7127 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 7128 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 7129 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 7130 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 7131 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 7132 of Washington, Seattle. 7133 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 7134 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 7135 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 7136 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 7137 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 7138 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 7139 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 7140 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 7141 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 7142 Nakamura. 7143 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 7144 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 7145 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 7146 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 7147 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 7148 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 7149 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 7150 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 7151 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 7152 well constrained. 7153 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 7154 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 7155 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 7156 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 7157 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 7158 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 7159 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 7160 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 7161 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 7162 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 7163 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 7164 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 7165 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 7166 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 7167 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 7168 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 7169 Wolfhugel. 7170 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 7171 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 7172 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 7173 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 7174 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 7175 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 7176 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 7177 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 7178 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 7179 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 7180 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 7181 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 7182 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 7183 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 7184 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 7185 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 7186 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 7187 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 7188 National University of Singapore. 7189 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 7190 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 7191 system can't cope with. 7192 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7193 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 7194 Atlas International. 7195 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 7196 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 7197 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 7198 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 7199 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 7200 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 7201 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 7202 Bernstein and Associates. 7203 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 7204 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 7205 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 7206 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 7207 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 7208 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 7209 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 7210 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 7211 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 7212 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 7213 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 7214 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 7215 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 7216 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 7217 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 7218 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 7219 Institute. 7220 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 7221 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 7222 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 7223 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 7224 Employment Standards Administration. 7225 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 7226 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 7227 Jr. 7228 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 7229 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 7230 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 7231 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 7232 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 7233 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 7234 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 7235 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 7236 of the University of Arizona. 7237 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 7238 Vanderbilt University. 7239 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 7240 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 7241 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 7242 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 7243 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 7244 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 7245 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 7246 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 7247 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 7248 Foundation. 7249 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 7250 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 7251 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 7252 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 7253 Myers of CMU. 7254 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 7255 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 7256 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 7257 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 7258 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 7259 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 7260 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 7261 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 7262 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 7263 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 7264 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 7265 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 7266 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 7267 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 7268 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 7269 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 7270 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 7271 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7272 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 7273 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 7274 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 7275 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 7276 info@foo.com foo-info 7277 info@bar.com bar-info 7278 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 7279 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 7280 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 7281 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 7282 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 7283 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 7284 a great many people. 7285 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 7286 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 7287 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 7288 "fax" mailer. 7289 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 7290 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 7291 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 7292 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 7293 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 7294 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 7295 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 7296 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 7297 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 7298 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 7299 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 7300 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 7301 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 7302 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 7303 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 7304 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 7305 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 7306 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 7307 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 7308 of WPI. 7309 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 7310 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 7311 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 7312 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 7313 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 7314 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 7315 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 7316 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 7317 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 7318 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 7319 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 7320 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 7321 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 7322 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 7323 by Andreas Luik. 7324 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 7325 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 7326 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 7327 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 7328 Wolfhugel. 7329 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 7330 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 7331 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 7332 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 7333 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 7334 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 7335 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 7336 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 7337 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 7338 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 7339 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 7340 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 7341 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 7342 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 7343 Costales. 7344 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 7345 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 7346 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 7347 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 7348 NEW FILES: 7349 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 7350 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 7351 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 7352 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 7353 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 7354 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 7355 mailstats/mailstats.8 7356 praliases/praliases.8 7357 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 7358 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 7359 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 7360 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 7361 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 7362 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 7363 cf/ostype/altos.m4 7364 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 7365 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 7366 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 7367 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 7368 DELETED FILES: 7369 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 7370 contrib/xla/README 7371 contrib/xla/xla.c 7372 RENAMED FILES: 7373 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 7374 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 7375 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 7376 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 7377 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 7378 73798.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 7380 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 7381 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 7382 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 7383 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 7384 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 7385 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 7386 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 7387 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 7388 73898.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 7390 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 7391 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 7392 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 7393 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 7394 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 7395 and others. 7396 73978.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 7398 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 7399 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 7400 any user (except root). 7401 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 7402 version number is unchanged. 7403 74048.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 7405 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 7406 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 7407 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 7408 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 7409 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 7410 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 7411 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 7412 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 7413 Costales. 7414 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7415 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 7416 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 7417 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 7418 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 7419 Stanford University. 7420 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 7421 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7422 74238.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 7424 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 7425 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 7426 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 7427 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 7428 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 7429 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 7430 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 7431 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 7432 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 7433 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 7434 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 7435 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 7436 by Kari Hurtta. 7437 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 7438 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 7439 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 7440 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 7441 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 7442 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 7443 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 7444 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 7445 bounces when it should have requeued. 7446 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 7447 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped 7448 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 7449 John Hawkinson of Panix. 7450 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 7451 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 7452 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 7453 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 7454 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 7455 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 7456 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 7457 Infobiogen. 7458 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 7459 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 7460 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 7461 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 7462 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 7463 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 7464 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 7465 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 7466 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 7467 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 7468 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 7469 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 7470 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 7471 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 7472 underscores. 7473 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 7474 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 7475 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 7476 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 7477 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 7478 included even if the user did not request success notification, 7479 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 7480 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 7481 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 7482 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 7483 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 7484 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 7485 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 7486 Costales of ICSI. 7487 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 7488 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 7489 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 7490 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 7491 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 7492 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 7493 Technological University. 7494 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 7495 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 7496 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 7497 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7498 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 7499 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 7500 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 7501 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 7502 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 7503 to have the database format of the alias files without the 7504 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 7505 Inc. 7506 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 7507 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 7508 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 7509 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 7510 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 7511 University. 7512 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 7513 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 7514 Association for Progressive Communications. 7515 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 7516 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 7517 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 7518 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 7519 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 7520 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 7521 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 7522 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 7523 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 7524 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 7525 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 7526 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 7527 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 7528 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 7529 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 7530 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 7531 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 7532 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 7533 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7534 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 7535 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 7536 James B. Davis of TCI. 7537 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 7538 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7539 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 7540 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 7541 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 7542 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 7543 isn't supported on all compilers. 7544 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 7545 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 7546 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 7547 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 7548 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 7549 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 7550 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 7551 (France). 7552 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 7553 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 7554 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 7555 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 7556 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 7557 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 7558 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 7559 for different files. 7560 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 7561 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 7562 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7563 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 7564 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 7565 changes). 7566 75678.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 7568 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 7569 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 7570 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 7571 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 7572 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 7573 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 7574 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 7575 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 7576 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 7577 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 7578 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 7579 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 7580 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 7581 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 7582 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 7583 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 7584 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 7585 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 7586 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 7587 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 7588 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 7589 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 7590 results. This could have security implications. 7591 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 7592 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 7593 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 7594 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 7595 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 7596 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 7597 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 7598 Elz. 7599 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 7600 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 7601 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 7602 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 7603 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 7604 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 7605 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 7606 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 7607 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 7608 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 7609 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 7610 domain names are your friends. 7611 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 7612 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 7613 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 7614 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 7615 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 7616 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 7617 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 7618 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 7619 of TerraNet. 7620 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 7621 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 7622 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 7623 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 7624 of WPI. 7625 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7626 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 7627 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 7628 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 7629 file and SGI standards. From Andre 7630 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 7631 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 7632 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 7633 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 7634 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 7635 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 7636 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 7637 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 7638 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 7639 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 7640 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 7641 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 7642 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7643 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 7644 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 7645 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 7646 Infobiogen (France). 7647 NEW FILES: 7648 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 7649 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 7650 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 7651 76528.7/8.7 1995/09/16 7653 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 7654 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 7655 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 7656 Global Communications. 7657 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 7658 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 7659 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 7660 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 7661 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 7662 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 7663 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 7664 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 7665 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 7666 can be confusing. 7667 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 7668 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 7669 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 7670 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 7671 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 7672 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 7673 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 7674 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 7675 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 7676 Maryland. 7677 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 7678 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 7679 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 7680 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 7681 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7682 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 7683 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 7684 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 7685 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 7686 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 7687 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 7688 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7689 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 7690 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 7691 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 7692 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7693 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 7694 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 7695 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 7696 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 7697 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 7698 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 7699 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 7700 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 7701 Swarthmore University. 7702 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 7703 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 7704 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 7705 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 7706 ruleset. 7707 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 7708 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 7709 -d debug flag. 7710 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 7711 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 7712 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 7713 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 7714 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 7715 and the parsed address. 7716 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 7717 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 7718 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 7719 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 7720 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 7721 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 7722 recipients. 7723 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 7724 return the result. 7725 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 7726 `mapname' and return the result. 7727 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 7728 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 7729 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 7730 the header for envelope sender information and uses 7731 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 7732 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 7733 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 7734 that functionality. 7735 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 7736 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 7737 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 7738 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 7739 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 7740 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 7741 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 7742 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 7743 of Michigan Technological University. 7744 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 7745 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 7746 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 7747 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 7748 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 7749 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 7750 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 7751 or not. 7752 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 7753 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 7754 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 7755 the error message. It was especially weird because it 7756 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 7757 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 7758 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 7759 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 7760 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 7761 should have minimal impact on external function. 7762 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 7763 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 7764 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 7765 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 7766 7 SevenBitInput 7767 8 EightBitMode 7768 A AliasFile 7769 a AliasWait 7770 B BlankSub 7771 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 7772 C CheckpointInterval 7773 c HoldExpensive 7774 D AutoRebuildAliases 7775 d DeliveryMode 7776 E ErrorHeader 7777 e ErrorMode 7778 f SaveFromLine 7779 F TempFileMode 7780 G MatchGECOS 7781 H HelpFile 7782 h MaxHopCount 7783 i IgnoreDots 7784 I ResolverOptions 7785 J ForwardPath 7786 j SendMimeErrors 7787 k ConnectionCacheSize 7788 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 7789 L LogLevel 7790 l UseErrorsTo 7791 m MeToo 7792 n CheckAliases 7793 O DaemonPortOptions 7794 o OldStyleHeaders 7795 P PostmasterCopy 7796 p PrivacyOptions 7797 Q QueueDirectory 7798 q QueueFactor 7799 R DontPruneRoutes 7800 r, T Timeout 7801 S StatusFile 7802 s SuperSafe 7803 t TimeZoneSpec 7804 u DefaultUser 7805 U UserDatabaseSpec 7806 V FallbackMXHost 7807 v Verbose 7808 w TryNullMXList 7809 x QueueLA 7810 X RefuseLA 7811 Y ForkEachJob 7812 y RecipientFactor 7813 z ClassFactor 7814 Z RetryFactor 7815 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 7816 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 7817 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 7818 $l UnixFromLine 7819 $o OperatorChars 7820 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 7821 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 7822 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 7823 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 7824 specify "V6" in the configuration. 7825 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 7826 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 7827 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 7828 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 7829 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 7830 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 7831 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 7832 This requires config file support to get right. It does 7833 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 7834 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 7835 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 7836 A Addresses are aliasable. 7837 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 7838 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 7839 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 7840 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 7841 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 7842 recipient mailer flags. 7843 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 7844 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 7845 delivery. 7846 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 7847 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 7848 : Check for :include: on this address. 7849 | Check for |program on this address. 7850 / Check for /file on this address. 7851 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 7852 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 7853 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 7854 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 7855 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 7856 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 7857 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 7858 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 7859 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 7860 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 7861 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 7862 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 7863 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 7864 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 7865 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 7866 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 7867 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 7868 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 7869 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 7870 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 7871 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 7872 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 7873 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 7874 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 7875 (essentially, the full MIME option). 7876 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 7877 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 7878 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 7879 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 7880 flag is ignored. 7881 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 7882 the setting of F=8. 7883 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 7884 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 7885 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 7886 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 7887 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 7888 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 7889 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 7890 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 7891 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 7892 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 7893 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 7894 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 7895 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 7896 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 7897 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 7898 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 7899 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 7900 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 7901 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 7902 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 7903 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 7904 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 7905 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 7906 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 7907 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 7908 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 7909 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 7910 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 7911 Unicom. 7912 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 7913 fashion as the U= mailer option. 7914 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 7915 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 7916 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 7917 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 7918 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 7919 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 7920 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 7921 from Chip Rosenthal. 7922 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 7923 For example, 7924 O Timeout.helo = 2m 7925 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 7926 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 7927 set them both the preferred new syntax is 7928 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 7929 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 7930 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 7931 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 7932 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 7933 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 7934 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 7935 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 7936 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 7937 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 7938 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 7939 contribution was to make it configurable). 7940 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 7941 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 7942 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 7943 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 7944 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 7945 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 7946 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 7947 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 7948 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 7949 I/O redirection. 7950 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 7951 can be confusing. 7952 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 7953 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 7954 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 7955 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 7956 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 7957 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 7958 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 7959 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 7960 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 7961 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 7962 queue-only. 7963 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 7964 :include: and .forward files. 7965 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 7966 key field name, the value field name, and the field 7967 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 7968 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 7969 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 7970 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 7971 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7972 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 7973 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 7974 Sun Microsystems. 7975 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 7976 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 7977 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 7978 Hutton of Indiana University. 7979 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 7980 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 7981 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 7982 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 7983 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 7984 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 7985 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 7986 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 7987 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 7988 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 7989 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 7990 as comments. 7991 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 7992 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 7993 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 7994 are from sysexits.h. 7995 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 7996 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 7997 Kmap1 ... 7998 Kmap2 ... 7999 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 8000 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 8001 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 8002 map2 is searched and the value returned. 8003 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 8004 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 8005 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 8006 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 8007 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 8008 For example, if the declaration of the map is 8009 Ksample switch hosts 8010 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 8011 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 8012 equivalent to 8013 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 8014 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 8015 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 8016 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 8017 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 8018 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 8019 the -m (matchonly) flag. 8020 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 8021 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 8022 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 8023 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 8024 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 8025 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 8026 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 8027 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 8028 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 8029 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 8030 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 8031 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 8032 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 8033 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 8034 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 8035 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 8036 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 8037 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 8038 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 8039 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 8040 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 8041 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 8042 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 8043 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 8044 an /etc/hosts entry reads 8045 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 8046 this change will use the second name as the canonical 8047 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 8048 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 8049 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 8050 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 8051 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 8052 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 8053 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 8054 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 8055 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 8056 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 8057 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 8058 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 8059 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 8060 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 8061 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 8062 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 8063 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 8064 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 8065 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 8066 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 8067 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 8068 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 8069 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 8070 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 8071 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 8072 much longer than the specified timeout. 8073 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 8074 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 8075 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 8076 denial-of-service attack. 8077 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 8078 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 8079 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 8080 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 8081 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 8082 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 8083 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 8084 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 8085 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 8086 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 8087 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 8088 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 8089 actually file lookups. 8090 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 8091 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 8092 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 8093 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 8094 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 8095 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 8096 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 8097 support for them has been removed. 8098 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 8099 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 8100 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 8101 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 8102 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 8103 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 8104 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 8105 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 8106 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 8107 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 8108 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 8109 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 8110 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 8111 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 8112 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 8113 also improves the connection cache utilization. 8114 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 8115 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 8116 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 8117 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 8118 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 8119 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 8120 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 8121 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change 8122 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 8123 Microsystems. 8124 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 8125 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 8126 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 8127 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 8128 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 8129 option can give the network software time to establish 8130 the link. The default units are seconds. 8131 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 8132 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 8133 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 8134 Defense Information Systems Agency. 8135 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 8136 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 8137 the National Computer Security Center. 8138 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 8139 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 8140 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 8141 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 8142 the mailprio scripts (see below). 8143 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 8144 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 8145 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 8146 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 8147 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 8148 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 8149 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 8150 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 8151 University Computing Service. 8152 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 8153 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 8154 the University of Kentucky. 8155 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 8156 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 8157 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 8158 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 8159 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 8160 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 8161 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 8162 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 8163 Corporation. 8164 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 8165 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 8166 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 8167 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 8168 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 8169 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 8170 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 8171 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 8172 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 8173 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 8174 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 8175 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 8176 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 8177 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 8178 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 8179 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 8180 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 8181 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 8182 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 8183 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 8184 Communications. 8185 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 8186 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 8187 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 8188 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 8189 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 8190 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 8191 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 8192 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 8193 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 8194 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 8195 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 8196 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8197 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 8198 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 8199 on values: 8200 None Leave the message as is. The 8201 message will be passed on even 8202 though it is in technically 8203 illegal syntax. 8204 Add-To Add a To: header with any 8205 recipients that it can find from 8206 the envelope. This risks exposing 8207 Bcc: recipients. 8208 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 8209 has almost no redeeming social value, 8210 and is provided only for back 8211 compatibility. 8212 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 8213 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 8214 which will have the effect of 8215 making the message legal without 8216 exposing Bcc: recipients. 8217 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 8218 There is a chance that mailers down 8219 the line will delete this header, 8220 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 8221 recipients. 8222 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 8223 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 8224 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 8225 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 8226 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 8227 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 8228 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 8229 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 8230 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 8231 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 8232 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 8233 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 8234 For example, if you run with 8235 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 8236 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 8237 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 8238 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 8239 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 8240 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 8241 entries. For example, given the aliases: 8242 list: member1 8243 list: member2 8244 and an alias file declared as: 8245 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 8246 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 8247 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 8248 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8249 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 8250 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 8251 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 8252 Johannesen. 8253 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 8254 to be simpler and more consistent. 8255 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 8256 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 8257 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 8258 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 8259 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 8260 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 8261 This may affect some people who have written their own 8262 checkcompat() routine. 8263 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 8264 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 8265 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 8266 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 8267 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 8268 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 8269 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 8270 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 8271 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 8272 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 8273 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 8274 Corporation. 8275 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 8276 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 8277 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 8278 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 8279 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 8280 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 8281 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 8282 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 8283 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 8284 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 8285 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 8286 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 8287 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 8288 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 8289 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 8290 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 8291 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 8292 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 8293 the header. 8294 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 8295 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 8296 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 8297 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 8298 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 8299 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 8300 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 8301 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 8302 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 8303 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 8304 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 8305 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 8306 is added between the first and second word of the first 8307 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 8308 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 8309 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 8310 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 8311 old sendmails understand. 8312 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 8313 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 8314 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 8315 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 8316 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 8317 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 8318 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 8319 data -- for example, 8320 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 8321 (romanized/less information) 8322 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 8323 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 8324 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 8325 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 8326 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 8327 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 8328 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 8329 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 8330 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 8331 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 8332 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 8333 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 8334 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 8335 Eric Prestemon of American University. 8336 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 8337 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 8338 increment on the background value). 8339 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 8340 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 8341 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 8342 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 8343 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 8344 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 8345 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 8346 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 8347 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 8348 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 8349 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 8350 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 8351 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 8352 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 8353 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 8354 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 8355 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 8356 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 8357 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 8358 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 8359 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 8360 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 8361 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 8362 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 8363 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 8364 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 8365 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 8366 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 8367 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 8368 service type is "files". 8369 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 8370 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 8371 into class "c". 8372 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 8373 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 8374 contributed by SunSoft. 8375 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 8376 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 8377 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 8378 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 8379 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 8380 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 8381 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 8382 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 8383 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 8384 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 8385 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 8386 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 8387 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 8388 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 8389 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 8390 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 8391 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 8392 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 8393 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 8394 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 8395 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 8396 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 8397 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 8398 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 8399 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 8400 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 8401 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 8402 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 8403 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 8404 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 8405 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 8406 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 8407 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 8408 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 8409 flags. 8410 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 8411 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 8412 Motonori Nakamura. 8413 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 8414 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 8415 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 8416 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 8417 of MIT. 8418 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 8419 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 8420 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 8421 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 8422 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 8423 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 8424 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 8425 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 8426 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 8427 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 8428 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 8429 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 8430 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 8431 the make. 8432 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 8433 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 8434 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 8435 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 8436 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 8437 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 8438 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 8439 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 8440 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 8441 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 8442 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 8443 of Sun Microsystems. 8444 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 8445 is at least 50% faster. 8446 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 8447 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 8448 University. 8449 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 8450 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 8451 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 8452 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 8453 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 8454 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 8455 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 8456 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 8457 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 8458 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 8459 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 8460 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 8461 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 8462 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 8463 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 8464 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 8465 Carnegie Mellon. 8466 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 8467 support. 8468 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 8469 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 8470 Global Information Solutions. 8471 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 8472 From Motonori Nakamura. 8473 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 8474 Motonori Nakamura. 8475 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 8476 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 8477 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 8478 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 8479 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 8480 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 8481 James of British Telecom. 8482 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 8483 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 8484 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 8485 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 8486 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 8487 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 8488 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 8489 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 8490 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 8491 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 8492 a bad guy can read your private files. 8493 PORTABILITY FIXES: 8494 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 8495 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 8496 University. This expands the disk size 8497 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 8498 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 8499 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 8500 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 8501 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 8502 Linux Makefile typo. 8503 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 8504 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 8505 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 8506 University, Chico. 8507 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 8508 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 8509 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 8510 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 8511 This requires adaptation of code that really 8512 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 8513 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 8514 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 8515 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 8516 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 8517 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 8518 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 8519 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 8520 problems. 8521 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 8522 match all the other configuration files. Fix 8523 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 8524 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 8525 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 8526 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 8527 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 8528 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 8529 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 8530 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 8531 Wemm of DIALix. 8532 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 8533 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 8534 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 8535 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 8536 of Ohio State University. 8537 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 8538 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 8539 University. 8540 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 8541 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 8542 Mainz. 8543 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 8544 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 8545 wrong statfs call). 8546 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 8547 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 8548 University. 8549 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 8550 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 8551 Rochester Medical Center. 8552 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 8553 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 8554 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 8555 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 8556 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 8557 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 8558 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 8559 Division. 8560 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 8561 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 8562 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 8563 Durand of I.M.A.G. 8564 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 8565 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 8566 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 8567 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 8568 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 8569 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 8570 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 8571 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 8572 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 8573 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 8574 of Meteo France. 8575 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 8576 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 8577 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 8578 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 8579 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 8580 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 8581 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 8582 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 8583 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 8584 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 8585 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 8586 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 8587 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 8588 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 8589 of Colorado. 8590 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 8591 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 8592 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 8593 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 8594 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 8595 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 8596 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 8597 on the file, but it should be quite small. 8598 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 8599 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 8600 giving the local administrator more control over what 8601 programs can be run from sendmail. 8602 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 8603 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 8604 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 8605 never will. 8606 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 8607 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 8608 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 8609 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 8610 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 8611 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 8612 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 8613 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 8614 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 8615 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 8616 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 8617 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 8618 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 8619 arbitrary directory -- use either: 8620 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 8621 or 8622 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 8623 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 8624 can use: 8625 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 8626 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 8627 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 8628 compatibility. 8629 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 8630 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 8631 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 8632 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 8633 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 8634 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 8635 County. 8636 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 8637 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 8638 just unqualified ones. 8639 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 8640 was never used and didn't work anyway. 8641 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 8642 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 8643 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 8644 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 8645 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 8646 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 8647 centralized hub. 8648 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 8649 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 8650 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 8651 this is expected to be another sendmail. 8652 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 8653 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 8654 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 8655 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 8656 Rosenthal of Unicom. 8657 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 8658 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 8659 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 8660 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 8661 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 8662 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 8663 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 8664 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 8665 but it is a no-op. 8666 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 8667 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 8668 as User Unknown. 8669 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 8670 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 8671 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 8672 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 8673 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 8674 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 8675 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 8676 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 8677 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 8678 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 8679 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 8680 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 8681 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 8682 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 8683 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 8684 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 8685 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 8686 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 8687 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 8688 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 8689 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 8690 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 8691 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 8692 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 8693 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 8694 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 8695 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 8696 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 8697 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 8698 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 8699 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 8700 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 8701 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 8702 assumed. 8703 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 8704 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 8705 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 8706 Information Systems Agency. 8707 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 8708 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 8709 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 8710 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 8711 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 8712 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 8713 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 8714 that really can be used in the real world. 8715 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 8716 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 8717 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 8718 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 8719 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 8720 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 8721 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 8722 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 8723 by Scott Hutton. 8724 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 8725 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 8726 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 8727 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 8728 people. 8729 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 8730 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 8731 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 8732 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 8733 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 8734 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 8735 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 8736 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 8737 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 8738 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 8739 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 8740 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 8741 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 8742 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 8743 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 8744 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 8745 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 8746 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 8747 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 8748 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 8749 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 8750 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 8751 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 8752 by Kimmo Suominen. 8753 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 8754 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 8755 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 8756 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 8757 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 8758 NEW FILES: 8759 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 8760 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 8761 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 8762 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 8763 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 8764 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 8765 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 8766 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 8767 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 8768 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 8769 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 8770 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 8771 cf/domain/generic.m4 8772 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 8773 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 8774 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 8775 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 8776 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 8777 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 8778 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 8779 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 8780 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 8781 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 8782 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 8783 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 8784 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 8785 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 8786 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 8787 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 8788 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 8789 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 8790 contrib/bsdi.mc 8791 contrib/mailprio 8792 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 8793 mail.local/mail.local.0 8794 makemap/makemap.0 8795 smrsh/README 8796 smrsh/smrsh.0 8797 smrsh/smrsh.8 8798 smrsh/smrsh.c 8799 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 8800 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 8801 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 8802 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 8803 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 8804 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 8805 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 8806 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 8807 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 8808 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 8809 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 8810 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 8811 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 8812 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 8813 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 8814 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 8815 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 8816 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 8817 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 8818 src/aliases.0 8819 src/mailq.0 8820 src/mime.c 8821 src/newaliases.0 8822 src/sendmail.0 8823 test/t_seteuid.c 8824 RENAMED FILES: 8825 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 8826 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 8827 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 8828 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 8829 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 8830 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 8831 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 8832 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 8833 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 8834 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8835 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8836 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8837 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 8838 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 8839 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 8840 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 8841 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 8842 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 8843 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 8844 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 8845 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 8846 OBSOLETED FILES: 8847 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 8848 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 8849 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 8850 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 8851 cf/cf/knecht.mc 8852 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 8853 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 8854 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 8855 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 8856 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 8857 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 8858 contrib/rcpt-streaming 8859 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 8860 88618.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 8862 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 8863 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 8864 any user (except root). 8865 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 8866 version number is unchanged. 8867 88688.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 8869 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 8870 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 8871 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 8872 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 8873 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 8874 each other!). 8875 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 8876 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 8877 than fork(). 8878 88798.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 8880 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 8881 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 8882 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 8883 message when attempted from IDENT. 8884 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 8885 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 8886 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 8887 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 8888 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 8889 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 8890 partial lines. 8891 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 8892 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 8893 Rob McMahon. 8894 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 8895 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 8896 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 8897 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 8898 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 8899 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 8900 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 8901 Novell Labs Europe. 8902 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 8903 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 8904 Cal State Chico. 8905 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 8906 *Hobbit*. 8907 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 8908 and Liudvikas Bukys. 8909 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 8910 from Spider Boardman. 8911 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 8912 with the binaries). 8913 89148.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 8915 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 8916 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 8917 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 8918 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 8919 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 8920 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 8921 implications. 8922 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 8923 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 8924 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 8925 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 8926 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 8927 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 8928 University of Texas. 8929 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 8930 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 8931 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 8932 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 8933 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 8934 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 8935 Data General. 8936 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 8937 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 8938 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 8939 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 8940 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 8941 with a lot of arguments). 8942 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 8943 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 8944 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 8945 Michigan. 8946 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 8947 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 8948 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 8949 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 8950 Thibault. 8951 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 8952 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 8953 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 8954 some of the map code. 8955 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 8956 with the binaries). 8957 89588.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 8959 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 8960 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 8961 may have some security implications. 8962 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 8963 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 8964 Hill of the University of Iowa. 8965 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 8966 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 8967 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 8968 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 8969 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 8970 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 8971 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 8972 option. 8973 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 8974 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 8975 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 8976 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 8977 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 8978 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 8979 Rochester. 8980 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 8981 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 8982 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 8983 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 8984 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 8985 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 8986 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 8987 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 8988 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 8989 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 8990 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 8991 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 8992 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 8993 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 8994 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 8995 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 8996 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 8997 messages. 8998 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 8999 message to explain how much space was available and 9000 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 9001 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 9002 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 9003 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 9004 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 9005 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 9006 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 9007 moves things more towards what will probably become a 9008 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 9009 Kapor Enterprises. 9010 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 9011 without recompiling. 9012 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 9013 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 9014 purely cosmetic. 9015 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 9016 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 9017 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 9018 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 9019 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 9020 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 9021 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 9022 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 9023 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 9024 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 9025 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 9026 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 9027 Wolfhugel. 9028 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 9029 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 9030 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 9031 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 9032 refused" response, and that the connection can be 9033 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 9034 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 9035 size around and can never start listening to connections 9036 again. The down side is that someone could start up 9037 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 9038 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 9039 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 9040 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 9041 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 9042 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 9043 implications. 9044 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 9045 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 9046 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 9047 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 9048 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 9049 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 9050 doc directory. This includes some additional 9051 information. 9052 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 9053 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 9054 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 9055 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 9056 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 9057 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 9058 loop the mail, which was bad news. 9059 Portability fixes: 9060 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 9061 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 9062 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 9063 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 9064 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 9065 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 9066 Newcastle upon Tyne. 9067 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 9068 Corporation. 9069 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 9070 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 9071 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 9072 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 9073 New Files: 9074 src/Makefile.CLIX 9075 src/Makefile.NCR3000 9076 doc/changes/Makefile 9077 doc/changes/changes.me 9078 doc/changes/changes.ps 9079 90808.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 9081 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 9082 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 9083 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 9084 90858.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 9086 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 9087 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 9088 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 9089 list. 9090 90918.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 9092 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 9093 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 9094 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 9095 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 9096 valid shell. 9097 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 9098 in the connection cache for a long time under some 9099 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 9100 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 9101 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 9102 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 9103 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 9104 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 9105 from a local user to another local user. From 9106 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 9107 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 9108 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 9109 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 9110 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 9111 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 9112 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 9113 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 9114 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 9115 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 9116 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 9117 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 9118 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 9119 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 9120 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 9121 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 9122 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 9123 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 9124 BSD-like system. 9125 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 9126 protocol entirely. 9127 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 9128 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 9129 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 9130 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 9131 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 9132 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 9133 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 9134 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 9135 files. 9136 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 9137 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 9138 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 9139 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 9140 of CMU. 9141 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 9142 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 9143 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 9144 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 9145 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 9146 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 9147 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 9148 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 9149 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 9150 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 9151 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 9152 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 9153 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 9154 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 9155 security implications. Suggested by several people. 9156 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 9157 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 9158 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 9159 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 9160 Motonori Nakamura. 9161 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 9162 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 9163 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 9164 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 9165 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 9166 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 9167 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 9168 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 9169 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 9170 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 9171 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 9172 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 9173 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 9174 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 9175 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 9176 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 9177 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 9178 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 9179 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 9180 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 9181 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 9182 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 9183 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 9184 didn't see the class items being added. 9185 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 9186 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 9187 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 9188 Rutgers. 9189 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 9190 but sets h_errno to a success value. 9191 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 9192 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 9193 address specified in the P option). This fix should 9194 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 9195 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 9196 the problem myself. 9197 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 9198 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 9199 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 9200 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 9201 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 9202 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 9203 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 9204 UUNET. 9205 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 9206 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 9207 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 9208 John Oleynick. 9209 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 9210 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 9211 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 9212 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 9213 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 9214 Nakamura. 9215 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 9216 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 9217 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 9218 University of Washington. 9219 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 9220 don't have an ``=value'' part. 9221 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 9222 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 9223 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 9224 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 9225 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 9226 of Cambridge University. 9227 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 9228 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 9229 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 9230 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 9231 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 9232 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 9233 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 9234 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 9235 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 9236 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 9237 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 9238 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 9239 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 9240 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 9241 a chance. 9242 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 9243 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 9244 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 9245 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 9246 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 9247 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 9248 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 9249 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 9250 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 9251 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 9252 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 9253 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 9254 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 9255 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 9256 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 9257 size for various mailers. 9258 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 9259 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 9260 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 9261 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 9262 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 9263 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 9264 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 9265 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 9266 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 9267 system. 9268 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 9269 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 9270 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 9271 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 9272 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 9273 Michel of Thomson CSF. 9274 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 9275 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 9276 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 9277 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 9278 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 9279 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 9280 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 9281 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 9282 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 9283 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 9284 University of Sydney. 9285 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 9286 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 9287 This is because of the known bug where definition of 9288 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 9289 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 9290 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 9291 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 9292 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 9293 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 9294 Suominen. 9295 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 9296 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 9297 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 9298 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 9299 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 9300 Suominen. 9301 Portability fixes: 9302 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 9303 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 9304 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 9305 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 9306 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 9307 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 9308 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 9309 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 9310 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 9311 NEW FILES: 9312 src/Makefile.DomainOS 9313 src/Makefile.PTX 9314 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 9315 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 9316 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 9317 src/mailq.1 9318 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 9319 doc/op/Makefile 9320 doc/intro/Makefile 9321 doc/usenix/Makefile 9322 93238.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 9324 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 9325 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 9326 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 9327 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 9328 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 9329 permissions they should not have had (usually group 9330 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 9331 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 9332 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 9333 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 9334 Although this does not respond to a specific known 9335 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 9336 Christian Wettergren. 9337 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 9338 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 9339 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 9340 program by putting that in their .forward file. 9341 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 9342 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 9343 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 9344 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 9345 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 9346 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 9347 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 9348 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 9349 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 9350 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 9351 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 9352 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 9353 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 9354 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 9355 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 9356 connection to create problems on the current job. 9357 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 9358 the wrong place. 9359 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 9360 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 9361 problem that ignored the load average in locally 9362 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 9363 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 9364 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 9365 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 9366 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 9367 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 9368 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 9369 when sending error messages. This resulted in 9370 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 9371 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 9372 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 9373 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 9374 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 9375 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 9376 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 9377 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 9378 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 9379 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 9380 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 9381 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 9382 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 9383 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 9384 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 9385 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 9386 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 9387 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 9388 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 9389 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 9390 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 9391 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 9392 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 9393 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 9394 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 9395 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 9396 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 9397 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 9398 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 9399 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 9400 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 9401 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 9402 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 9403 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 9404 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 9405 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 9406 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 9407 dot convention. 9408 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 9409 of from a clean exit. 9410 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 9411 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 9412 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 9413 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 9414 as the subject of an error message, even though the 9415 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 9416 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 9417 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 9418 Jones of UUNET. 9419 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 9420 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 9421 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 9422 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 9423 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 9424 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 9425 says that they should be ignored. 9426 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 9427 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 9428 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 9429 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 9430 is not reentrant. 9431 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 9432 documented in the Bat Book. 9433 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 9434 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 9435 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 9436 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 9437 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 9438 code during some parts of connection initialization. 9439 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 9440 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 9441 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 9442 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 9443 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 9444 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 9445 of Kyoto University. 9446 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 9447 From P{r Emanuelsson. 9448 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 9449 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 9450 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 9451 Bryan Costales. 9452 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 9453 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 9454 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 9455 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 9456 Nakamura. 9457 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 9458 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 9459 illegal addresses appearing there). 9460 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 9461 BB&N. 9462 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 9463 included. 9464 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 9465 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 9466 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 9467 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 9468 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 9469 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 9470 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 9471 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 9472 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 9473 by the other end closing the connection. From 9474 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 9475 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 9476 to include a host name or other useful information. 9477 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 9478 DeMarco. 9479 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 9480 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 9481 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 9482 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 9483 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 9484 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 9485 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 9486 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 9487 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 9488 this properly). 9489 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 9490 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 9491 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 9492 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 9493 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 9494 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 9495 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 9496 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 9497 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 9498 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 9499 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 9500 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 9501 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 9502 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 9503 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 9504 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 9505 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 9506 of the Institute for Global Communications. 9507 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 9508 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 9509 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 9510 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 9511 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 9512 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 9513 Portability fixes for: 9514 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 9515 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 9516 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 9517 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 9518 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 9519 of Stoner Associates. 9520 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 9521 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 9522 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 9523 of Maryland. 9524 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 9525 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 9526 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 9527 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 9528 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 9529 RISC/os. 9530 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 9531 at Chico. 9532 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 9533 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 9534 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 9535 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 9536 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 9537 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 9538 since this is intended only for internal use, the 9539 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 9540 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 9541 addresses when relaying internally. 9542 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 9543 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 9544 provided by Peter Wemm. 9545 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 9546 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 9547 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 9548 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 9549 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 9550 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 9551 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 9552 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 9553 names. 9554 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 9555 rather than letting them get "local configuration 9556 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 9557 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 9558 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 9559 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 9560 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 9561 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 9562 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 9563 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 9564 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 9565 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 9566 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 9567 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 9568 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 9569 of Georgia Tech. 9570 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 9571 Jim Murray of Stratus. 9572 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 9573 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 9574 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 9575 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 9576 the local name prepended. 9577 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 9578 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 9579 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 9580 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 9581 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 9582 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 9583 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 9584 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 9585 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 9586 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 9587 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 9588 :include: files and accounts that have shells 9589 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 9590 cause some .forward files that have worked 9591 before to start failing. 9592 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 9593 NEW FILES: 9594 src/Makefile.DGUX 9595 src/Makefile.Dynix 9596 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 9597 src/Makefile.Mach386 9598 src/Makefile.NetBSD 9599 src/Makefile.RISCos 9600 src/Makefile.SCO 9601 src/Makefile.SVR4 9602 src/Makefile.Titan 9603 cf/mailer/pop.m4 9604 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 9605 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 9606 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 9607 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 9608 makemap/Makefile.dist 9609 praliases/Makefile.dist 9610 96118.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 9612 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 9613 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 9614 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 9615 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 9616 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 9617 class of attack. 9618 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 9619 in a few critical places. 9620 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 9621 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 9622 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 9623 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 9624 and High-Energy Physics. 9625 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 9626 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 9627 Eric Wassenaar. 9628 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 9629 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 9630 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 9631 Wassenaar. 9632 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 9633 really become relevant in the next release, but some 9634 people need it for local patches. From Michael 9635 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 9636 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 9637 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 9638 these can have different values depending on which 9639 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 9640 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 9641 what uid/gid processes ran as. 9642 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 9643 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 9644 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 9645 postmaster" case. 9646 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 9647 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 9648 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 9649 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 9650 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 9651 Christopher Davis. 9652 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 9653 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 9654 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 9655 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 9656 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 9657 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 9658 96598.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 9660 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 9661 addresses that get return-receipts. 9662 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 9663 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 9664 and end up sending the message several times. 9665 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 9666 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 9667 four hours". 9668 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 9669 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 9670 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 9671 Cornell University Medical College. 9672 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 9673 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 9674 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 9675 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 9676 Wassenaar. 9677 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 9678 connections fail during message collection. From 9679 Eric Wassenaar. 9680 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 9681 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 9682 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 9683 Stratus. 9684 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 9685 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 9686 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9687 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 9688 by non-root users were not put into 9689 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 9690 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 9691 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 9692 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 9693 could get confused as to whether a database was 9694 open or not. 9695 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 9696 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 9697 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 9698 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 9699 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 9700 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 9701 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 9702 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 9703 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 9704 97058.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 9706 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 9707 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 9708 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 9709 propagated to the queue file. 9710 97118.6/8.6 1993/10/05 9712 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 9713 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 9714 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 9715 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 9716 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 9717 header files but don't have the syscall. 9718 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 9719 if trymx == FALSE. 9720 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 9721 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 9722 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 9723 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 9724 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 9725 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9726 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 9727 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 9728 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 9729 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 9730 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 9731 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 9732 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 9733 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 9734 Kanbe. 9735 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 9736 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 9737 Wisner of The Well. 9738 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 9739 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 9740 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 9741 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 9742 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 9743 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 9744 files that you should be able to read but have previously 9745 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 9746 read permission. 9747 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 9748 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 9749 MX suppression will still work. 9750 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 9751 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 9752 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 9753 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9754 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 9755 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 9756 Nakamura. 9757 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 9758 "CX $Z" works. 9759 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 9760 trying to send the original message if the connection 9761 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 9762 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 9763 by John Myers of CMU. 9764 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 9765 term bug. 9766 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 9767 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 9768 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 9769 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 9770 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 9771 queue interval. This is an important fix. 9772 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 9773 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 9774 ruleset testing a bit easier. 9775 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 9776 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 9777 level. 9778 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 9779 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 9780 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 9781 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 9782 address. 9783 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 9784 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 9785 Harvey Mudd College. 9786 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 9787 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 9788 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 9789 their full name information. 9790 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 9791 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 9792 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 9793 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 9794 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 9795 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 9796 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 9797 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 9798 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9799 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 9800 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 9801 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 9802 PC TCP/IP implementations. 9803 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 9804 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 9805 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 9806 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 9807 names. 9808 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 9809 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 9810 helpful. 9811 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 9812 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 9813 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 9814 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9815 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 9816 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 9817 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 9818 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 9819 that claims to be itself works properly. 9820 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 9821 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 9822 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 9823 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 9824 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 9825 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 9826 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 9827 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 9828 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 9829 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 9830 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 9831 scratch. 9832 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 9833 true address to still send to the original address 9834 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 9835 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 9836 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 9837 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 9838 more trouble than it was worth. 9839 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 9840 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 9841 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 9842 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 9843 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 9844 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 9845 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 9846 the queue. 9847 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 9848 messages don't come out with stale information. 9849 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 9850 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 9851 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 9852 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 9853 Myers of CMU. 9854 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 9855 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 9856 Corrigan. 9857 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 9858 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 9859 sender address. 9860 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 9861 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 9862 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 9863 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 9864 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 9865 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 9866 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 9867 that does bulk data transfer). 9868 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 9869 Amir Plivatsky. 9870 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 9871 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 9872 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 9873 bogus config files that were not caught. 9874 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 9875 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 9876 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 9877 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 9878 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 9879 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 9880 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 9881 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 9882 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 9883 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 9884 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 9885 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 9886 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 9887 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 9888 opened or if running with no database format defined. 9889 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 9890 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 9891 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 9892 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 9893 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 9894 Melbourne. 9895 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 9896 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 9897 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 9898 to match regular entries. 9899 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 9900 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 9901 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 9902 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 9903 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 9904 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 9905 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 9906 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 9907 error message so that the "subject" line of return 9908 messages is the best possible. 9909 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 9910 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 9911 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 9912 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 9913 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 9914 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 9915 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9916 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 9917 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 9918 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 9919 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 9920 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 9921 on the address. 9922 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 9923 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 9924 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 9925 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 9926 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 9927 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 9928 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 9929 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 9930 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 9931 addresses in any detail. 9932 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 9933 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 9934 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 9935 with an address such as "!foo". 9936 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 9937 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 9938 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 9939 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 9940 Bret Marquis. 9941 99428.5/8.5 1993/07/23 9943 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 9944 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 9945 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 9946 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 9947 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 9948 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 9949 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 9950 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 9951 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 9952 Nakamura. 9953 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 9954 are no DNS records matching the name. 9955 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 9956 original message was received ... from localhost". 9957 The correct original host information is now included. 9958 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 9959 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 9960 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 9961 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 9962 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 9963 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 9964 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 9965 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 9966 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 9967 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 9968 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 9969 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 9970 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 9971 99728.4/8.4 1993/07/22 9973 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 9974 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 9975 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 9976 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 9977 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 9978 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 9979 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 9980 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 9981 are really configuration errors. This option is 9982 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 9983 UIUC sendmail. 9984 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 9985 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 9986 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 9987 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 9988 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 9989 by Neil Rickert. 9990 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 9991 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 9992 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 9993 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 9994 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 9995 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 9996 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 9997 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 9998 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 9999 of dickering with error handling (see below). 10000 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 10001 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 10002 humans. 10003 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 10004 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 10005 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 10006 repaired). 10007 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 10008 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 10009 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 10010 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 10011 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 10012 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 10013 connection rather than sending QUIT. 10014 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 10015 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 10016 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 10017 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 10018 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 10019 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 10020 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 10021 core dumps on some machines. 10022 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 10023 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 10024 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 10025 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 10026 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 10027 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 10028 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 10029 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 10030 some true error conditions. 10031 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 10032 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 10033 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 10034 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 10035 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 10036 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 10037 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 10038 by Motonori Nakamura. 10039 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 10040 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 10041 caused error messages to be handled differently during 10042 a queue run than a direct run. 10043 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 10044 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 10045 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 10046 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 10047 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 10048 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 10049 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 10050 restart it. 10051 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 10052 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 10053 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 10054 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 10055 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 10056 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 10057 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 10058 is appropriately functional. 10059 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 10060 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 10061 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 10062 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 10063 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 10064 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 10065 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 10066 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 10067 Technologies. 10068 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 10069 process group id. The original fix was to get around 10070 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 10071 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 10072 different from the process id. I could try to fix 10073 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 10074 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 10075 things. 10076 Portability changes: 10077 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 10078 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 10079 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 10080 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 10081 of Colorado. 10082 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 10083 help other strict ANSI compilers. 10084 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 10085 Corporation. 10086 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 10087 documentation apparently doesn't define 10088 __STDC__ by default). 10089 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 10090 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 10091 Motonori Nakamura. 10092 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 10093 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 10094 several people have made a good argument that this 10095 creates more problems than it solves (although this 10096 may prove painful in the short run). 10097 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 10098 format. 10099 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 10100 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 10101 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 10102 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 10103 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 10104 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 10105 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 10106 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 10107 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 10108 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 10109 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 10110 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 10111 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 10112 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 10113 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 10114 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 10115 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 10116 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 10117 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 10118 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 10119 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 10120 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 10121 environments. Ugly as sin. 10122 101238.3/8.3 1993/07/13 10124 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 10125 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 10126 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 10127 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 10128 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 10129 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 10130 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 10131 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 10132 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 10133 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 10134 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 10135 "user friendly". 10136 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 10137 16 bytes/sec. 10138 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 10139 compatibility library. This also adds a new 10140 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 10141 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 10142 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 10143 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 10144 for quick test cases. 10145 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 10146 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 10147 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 10148 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 10149 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 10150 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 10151 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 10152 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 10153 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 10154 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 10155 From Michael Corrigan. 10156 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 10157 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 10158 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 10159 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 10160 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 10161 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 10162 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 10163 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 10164 Christophe Wolfhugel. 10165 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 10166 101678.2/8.2 1993/07/11 10168 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 10169 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 10170 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 10171 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 10172 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 10173 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 10174 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 10175 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 10176 from Bill Wisner. 10177 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 10178 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 10179 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 10180 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 10181 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 10182 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 10183 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 10184 match the other flags in that file. 10185 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 10186 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 10187 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 10188 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 10189 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 10190 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 10191 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 10192 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 10193 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 10194 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 10195 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 10196 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 10197 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 10198 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 10199 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 10200 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 10201 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 10202 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 10203 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 10204 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 10205 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 10206 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 10207 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 10208 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 10209 the root and directories leading up to your home); 10210 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 10211 be owned by you. 10212 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 10213 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 10214 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 10215 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 10216 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 10217 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 10218 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 10219 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 10220 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 10221 is separate; this is just intended to work around 10222 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 10223 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 10224 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 10225 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 10226 matching without a null it never tries again with a 10227 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 10228 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 10229 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 10230 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 10231 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 10232 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 10233 it adapts. 10234 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 10235 will insert the appropriate full name information; 10236 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 10237 way. 10238 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 10239 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 10240 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 10241 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 10242 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 10243 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 10244 only happen when there has been another error in the 10245 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 10246 by default in conf.h. 10247 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 10248 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 10249 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 10250 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 10251 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 10252 This output is not intended to be particularly human 10253 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 10254 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 10255 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 10256 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 10257 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 10258 See cf/README for an example. 10259 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 10260 sites that don't use the -d flag. 10261 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 10262 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 10263 has been requested by several people, but can break 10264 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 10265 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 10266 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 10267 broken. Use it sparingly. 10268 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 10269 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 10270 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 10271 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 10272 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 10273 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 10274 Bill Wisner of The Well. 10275 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 10276 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 10277 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 10278 102798.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 10280 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 10281 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 10282 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 10283 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 10284 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 10285 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 10286 102878.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 10288 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 10289 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 10290 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 10291 102928.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 10293 Another mailertable fix.... 10294 102958.1/8.1 1993/06/07 10296 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 10297